TWI805263B - Direct link addressing method and apparatus - Google Patents

Direct link addressing method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI805263B
TWI805263B TW111108654A TW111108654A TWI805263B TW I805263 B TWI805263 B TW I805263B TW 111108654 A TW111108654 A TW 111108654A TW 111108654 A TW111108654 A TW 111108654A TW I805263 B TWI805263 B TW I805263B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
address
link
tdls
direct link
frame
Prior art date
Application number
TW111108654A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202239256A (en
Inventor
黃國剛
麥克 蒙特穆羅
斯蒂芬 麥肯
Original Assignee
大陸商華為技術有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大陸商華為技術有限公司 filed Critical 大陸商華為技術有限公司
Publication of TW202239256A publication Critical patent/TW202239256A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI805263B publication Critical patent/TWI805263B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/26Network addressing or numbering for mobility support
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/03Protecting confidentiality, e.g. by encryption
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/22Parsing or analysis of headers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/15Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/005Discovery of network devices, e.g. terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/12Setup of transport tunnels
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/22Manipulation of transport tunnels
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Circuits Of Receivers In General (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)
  • Vehicle Body Suspensions (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a direct link addressing method and apparatus for implementing direct communication between a non-AP MLD and a non-AP MLD, or between an STA device and a non-AP MLD, to improve data transmission efficiency. The direct link addressing method and device is applicable to a WiFi system. The method is applied to a first device. The first device includes one or more stations STAs, and is connected to a third device. The third device includes multiple access points APs. A second device is connected to the third device, and includes multiple STAs. In a case that the first device includes one STA, protected data is constructed by using an address of the first device, an address of the second device, and an address of a first AP connected to the first device. In a case that the first device includes multiple STAs, the protected data is constructed by using the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and an address of the third device. Therefore, the first device can transmit a first data unit through a direct link between the first device and the second device, thereby increasing the data transmission rate.

Description

直連鏈路定址方法及裝置Direct link addressing method and device

本發明涉及通信領域,尤其涉及一種直連鏈路定址方法及裝置。The present invention relates to the communication field, in particular to a direct link addressing method and device.

隨著無線通訊技術的發展,越來越多的無線通訊設備支援多鏈路通信,可以提高通信設備的通信效率。其中,支援多鏈路通信的通信設備可以稱之為多鏈路設備(multi link device,MLD)。多鏈路設備包括接入點(non-access point,AP)MLD和非接入點(non-access point,non-AP)MLD。其中,AP MLD包括多個AP ,non-AP MLD包括多個站點STA。當通信系統中包括至少一個AP MLD和多個non-AP MLD時,non-AP MLD與AP MLD之間可以通過多條鏈路進行通信,兩個non-AP MLD之間可以通過AP MLD進行通信。該通信系統中還可以包括站點(station,STA)設備。其中,STA設備包括一個STA,STA設備與non-AP MLD之間可以通過AP MLD進行通信。With the development of wireless communication technologies, more and more wireless communication devices support multi-link communication, which can improve the communication efficiency of the communication devices. Wherein, a communication device supporting multi-link communication may be referred to as a multi-link device (multi link device, MLD). A multi-link device includes an access point (non-access point, AP) MLD and a non-access point (non-access point, non-AP) MLD. Wherein, the AP MLD includes multiple APs, and the non-AP MLD includes multiple STAs. When the communication system includes at least one AP MLD and multiple non-AP MLDs, non-AP MLDs can communicate with AP MLDs through multiple links, and two non-AP MLDs can communicate through AP MLDs . The communication system may further include a station (station, STA) device. Wherein, the STA device includes one STA, and the STA device and the non-AP MLD can communicate through the AP MLD.

然而,兩個non-AP MLD之間、或STA設備與non-AP MLD之間的通信仍需要通過AP MLD進行轉發,增加了傳輸時延。第一non-AP MLD與第二non-AP MLD之間,或STA設備與non-AP MLD之間如何建立直連鏈路進行通信,業界尚未給出相應地解決方案。However, the communication between two non-AP MLDs or between a STA device and a non-AP MLD still needs to be forwarded through the AP MLD, which increases the transmission delay. How to establish a direct link for communication between the first non-AP MLD and the second non-AP MLD, or between the STA device and the non-AP MLD, the industry has not given a corresponding solution.

本申請實施例提供一種直連鏈路定址方法及裝置,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD之間,或STA設備與non-AP MLD之間能夠直接進行通信,從而提高資料傳輸效率。The embodiments of the present application provide a direct link addressing method and device, enabling direct communication between a non-AP MLD and a non-AP MLD, or between a STA device and a non-AP MLD, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.

為達到上述目的,本申請採用如下技術方案:In order to achieve the above object, the application adopts the following technical solutions:

第一方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第一設備,第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,第一設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:確定被保護資料,發送第一資料單元。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。In the first aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a first device, the first device includes one or more stations STA, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes multiple access points AP , the second device is connected to the third device, and the second device includes multiple STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: determining the data to be protected, and sending the first data unit. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the first device includes an STA, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, the third address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the address of the third device. The first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the second device.

基於第一方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法,當第一設備包括一個STA,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第一設備連接的第一AP的位址構建被保護資料。第一設備包括多個STA時,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第三設備的位址構建被保護資料。從而第一設備可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸第一資料單元,可以提高資料傳輸速率。另外,第一設備包括多個STA時,採用設備位址構建被保護資料,直連鏈路的變化,不影響被保護資料,從而在多條直連鏈路之間跨鏈路傳輸資料時,不需要重新進行加密,可以進一步提高資料傳輸速率。Based on the direct link addressing method described in the first aspect, when the first device includes an STA, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the first AP connected to the first device are used to construct the Protect data. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the third device are used to construct the protected data. Therefore, the first device can transmit the first data unit through the direct link between the first device and the second device, and the data transmission rate can be increased. In addition, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the device address is used to construct the protected data, and the change of the direct link does not affect the protected data, so that when data is transmitted across multiple direct links, No need for re-encryption, which can further increase the data transfer rate.

可選地,被保護資料可以為額外真實資料(additional authentical data,AAD),第一資料單元可以為管理協定資料單元(management protocol data unit,MPDU)。Optionally, the protected data may be additional authentic data (additional authentic data, AAD), and the first data unit may be a management protocol data unit (management protocol data unit, MPDU).

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。如此,Legacy STA和第二設備可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design manner, the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device. In this way, the Legacy STA and the second device can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

可選地,第一報頭可以為MPDU報頭。Optionally, the first header may be an MPDU header.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。如此,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design manner, the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the second device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the first device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link is the address of the first device A direct link to a second device. In this way, the non-AP MLD and the non-AP MLD can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括隧道直連鏈路建立(tunneled direct-link setup,TDLS)幀,TDLS幀可以包括第一元素,第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。如此,對於鏈路級別(link-level)的TDLS幀,可以指示該TDLS幀是應用在哪條直連鏈路上的。In a possible design manner, the first data unit may include a tunneled direct-link setup (Tunneled direct-link setup, TDLS) frame, and the TDLS frame may include a first element, and the first element may be used to indicate the identity of the target link Or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device, the target link is the second direct link used by the TDLS frame, and the second direct link is between the first device and the second device direct link between them. In this way, for a link-level TDLS frame, it may indicate which direct link the TDLS frame is applied to.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS通道切換請求(Channel Switch Request)幀或TDLS通道切換回應(Channel Switch Response)幀。TDLS Channel Switch Request用於請求所述目標鏈路從當前通道切換至另一通道,TDLS Channel Switch Response用於指示同意或不同意所述目標鏈路從當前通道切換至另一通道。如此,第一設備和第二設備可以將目標鏈路從當前通道切換至另一通道進行通信,在多鏈路TDLS場景下,TDLS Channel Switch Request/Response可以通過任意一條直連鏈路進行傳輸。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS channel switch request (Channel Switch Request) frame or a TDLS channel switch response (Channel Switch Response) frame. The TDLS Channel Switch Request is used to request the target link to switch from the current channel to another channel, and the TDLS Channel Switch Response is used to indicate approval or disapproval of the target link to switch from the current channel to another channel. In this way, the first device and the second device can switch the target link from the current channel to another channel for communication. In a multi-link TDLS scenario, TDLS Channel Switch Request/Response can be transmitted through any direct link.

可選地,第一元素可以為鏈路標識元素(Link Identifier element),或者為一個新定義的元素。Optionally, the first element may be a link identifier element (Link Identifier element), or a newly defined element.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素可用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。如此,Legacy STA和第二設備可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element may be used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. In this way, the Legacy STA and the second device can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。也就是說,TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀對應的第一元素的設置內容與TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀對應的第一元素的設置內容相同。如此, Legacy STA和第二設備可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. That is to say, the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery response frame of the TDLS frame is the same as the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery request frame of the TDLS frame. In this way, the Legacy STA and the second device can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素用於指示第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。如此,Legacy STA和第二設備可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the link between the first device and the third device, or the ID of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the first device among the multiple APs, and the transmission link is a link for sending the TDLS discovery request frame. In this way, the Legacy STA and the second device can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,TDLS幀為TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS拆除幀、TDLS通道切換請求幀、TDLS通道切換回應幀、TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、TDLS對端節能管理回應幀、TDLS對端流量指示幀或TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述當第一設備包括一個STA且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。如此,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup response frame, a TDLS setup confirmation frame, a TDLS teardown frame, a TDLS channel switching request frame, a TDLS channel switching response frame, and a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame , TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, TDLS peer traffic indication frame or TDLS peer traffic response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the above-mentioned when the first device includes a STA and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame , the implementation of the first element will not be repeated here. In this way, the non-AP MLD and the non-AP MLD can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。可選地,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。如此,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device and the reference link The address of the corresponding AP. Optionally, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element. In this way, the non-AP MLD and the non-AP MLD can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸TDLS發現響應幀的公共鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,公共鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,公共鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與公共鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。如此,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame, or multiple STAs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame among the APs. Wherein, the public link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the third device associated with the STA of the first device corresponding to the public link The AP of the device is the same as the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the public link. In this way, the non-AP MLD and the non-AP MLD can communicate through the direct link, which can increase the data transmission rate.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀或TDLS建立確認幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。如此,接收端可以知道對應的參考鏈路是哪條鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame, a TDLS establishment response frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the reference link, or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the reference link among the multiple APs of the device. In this way, the receiving end can know which link the corresponding reference link is.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS拆除幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。如此,接收端可以知道該幀是關聯在哪個AP MLD下的哪個設備發的。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs and the TDLS frame is a TDLS teardown frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device. In this way, the receiving end can know which device under which AP MLD the frame is associated with and sent.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端流量指示幀、或者TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。如此,接收端可以知道該幀是關聯在哪個AP MLD下的哪個設備發的。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer traffic indication frame or a TDLS peer traffic response frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device. In this way, the receiving end can know which device under which AP MLD the frame is associated with and sent.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。其中,喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。如此,才能準確地知道什麼時間週期性地喚醒並收發資料,從而可以節省功耗。In a possible design manner, the first data unit may include a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wake-up scheduling element and a second element. Wherein, the offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element can be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the third direct link among the multiple APs of the device, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device. In this way, it is possible to accurately know when to periodically wake up and send and receive data, thereby saving power consumption.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和TDLS對端節能管理回應幀。如此,在多鏈路TDLS場景下,TDLS Peer PSM Request/Response可以通過任意一條直連鏈路進行傳輸,且接收端能正確解析喚醒調度元素。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame and a TDLS peer energy saving management response frame. In this way, in a multi-link TDLS scenario, TDLS Peer PSM Request/Response can be transmitted through any direct link, and the receiving end can correctly parse the wake-up scheduling elements.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括第三元素,第三元素可用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路。第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路可以包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the first data unit may include a third element, and the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth direct link is established on the first link. The first link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the first link may include at least one fourth direct link.

如此,第一設備與第二設備可以在公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路,以提高資料傳輸速率。In this way, the first device and the second device can establish a direct link on the public link to increase the data transmission rate.

也是就說,第一鏈路可以為第一設備與第三設備、第二設備與第三設備之間的公共鏈路,第一鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與第一鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。That is to say, the first link can be a public link between the first device and the third device, between the second device and the third device, and the STA of the first device corresponding to the first link is associated with the AP of the third device The AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the first link is the same.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第四直連鏈路的數量,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址或至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識。In a possible design, the third element may include a direct link number field and a direct link identification word field, and the direct link number field may be used to indicate the number of the fourth direct link requested to be established. The quantity, the direct link identification field may include the address of at least one AP or the identifier of at least one fourth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device that respectively correspond to the at least one fourth direct link.

如此,通過指示建立第四直連鏈路的數量,可以實現在第一鏈路的部分或全部鏈路上建立第四直連鏈路,提高直連鏈路建立的靈活性。可以通過直連鏈路識別字欄位指示在哪些鏈路上建立直連鏈路。In this way, by indicating the quantity of the fourth direct link to be established, the fourth direct link can be established on part or all of the first link, thereby improving the flexibility of establishment of the direct link. The direct link identifier field may be used to indicate on which links the direct link is established.

在一種可能的設計方式中,直連鏈路識別字欄位還可以包括第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。也就是說,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括直連鏈路兩端的隸屬STA的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link identifier field may further include an address of the first STA of the first device and an address of the second STA of the second device. That is to say, the direct link identifier field may include the addresses of the subordinate STAs at both ends of the direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第七位址與TDLS對等秘鑰(TDLS peer key,TPK)綁定,第七位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。如此,可以提高第一設備與第二設備之間通過直連鏈路通信的安全性。In a possible design mode, the seventh address is bound to a TDLS peer key (TDLS peer key, TPK), and the seventh address is between multiple APs of the third device and between the first device and the second device The address of the AP corresponding to the direct link of the direct link or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and the address of the third device. In this way, the security of communication through the direct link between the first device and the second device can be improved.

第二方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第二設備,第二設備包括多個站點STA,第二設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:接收第一資料單元,解析第一資料單元獲得第一報頭。其中,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In the second aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a second device, the second device includes a plurality of stations STA, the second device is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, and the second device includes a plurality of access points AP. A device is connected to a third device, and the first device includes one or more STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: receiving a first data unit, and parsing the first data unit to obtain a first header. Wherein, the first data unit is transmitted through a direct link between the first device and the second device, and the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the second device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the first device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link is the address of the first device A direct link to a second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第二方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:根據第一報頭獲得被保護資料。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the second aspect may further include: obtaining protected data according to the first header. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the first device includes an STA, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, the third address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the address of the third device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第二方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得隧道直連鏈路建立(tunneled direct-link setup,TDLS)幀,TDLS幀可以包括第一元素,第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the second aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a tunneled direct-link setup (Tunneled direct-link setup, TDLS) frame, where the TDLS frame may Including the first element, the first element can be used to indicate the identity of the target link or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the target link is the second direct link of the TDLS frame application , the second direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS通道切換請求(Channel Switch Request)幀或TDLS通道切換回應幀(Channel Switch Response)。TDLS Channel Switch Request用於請求所述目標鏈路從當前通道切換至另一通道,TDLS Channel Switch Response用於指示同意或不同意所述目標鏈路從當前通道切換至另一通道。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS channel switch request (Channel Switch Request) frame or a TDLS channel switch response frame (Channel Switch Response). The TDLS Channel Switch Request is used to request the target link to switch from the current channel to another channel, and the TDLS Channel Switch Response is used to indicate approval or disapproval of the target link to switch from the current channel to another channel.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素可用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element may be used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。也就是說,TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀對應的第一元素的設置內容可以與TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀對應的第一元素的設置內容相同。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. That is to say, the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery response frame of the TDLS frame may be the same as the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery request frame of the TDLS frame.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素用於指示第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the link between the first device and the third device, or the ID of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the first device among the multiple APs, and the transmission link is a link for sending the TDLS discovery request frame.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,TDLS幀為TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS拆除幀、TDLS通道切換請求幀、TDLS通道切換回應幀、TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、TDLS對端節能管理回應幀、TDLS對端流量指示幀或TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述當第一設備包括一個STA且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup response frame, a TDLS setup confirmation frame, a TDLS teardown frame, a TDLS channel switching request frame, a TDLS channel switching response frame, and a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame , TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, TDLS peer traffic indication frame or TDLS peer traffic response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the above-mentioned when the first device includes a STA and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame , the implementation of the first element will not be repeated here.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。可選地,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device and the reference link The address of the corresponding AP. Optionally, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸TDLS發現響應幀的公共鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,公共鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,公共鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與公共鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame, or multiple STAs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame among the APs. Wherein, the public link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the third device associated with the STA of the first device corresponding to the public link The AP of the device is the same as the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the public link.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀或TDLS建立確認幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame, a TDLS establishment response frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the reference link, or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the reference link among the multiple APs of the device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS拆除幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs and the TDLS frame is a TDLS teardown frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端流量指示幀、或者TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer traffic indication frame or a TDLS peer traffic response frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第二方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。其中,喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the second aspect may further include: analyzing the first data unit to obtain a TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wake-up scheduling element and a second element. Wherein, the offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element can be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the third direct link among the multiple APs of the device, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和TDLS對端節能管理回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame and a TDLS peer energy saving management response frame.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第二方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得第三元素,第三元素可用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路。第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路可以包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。In a possible design, the direct link addressing method provided in the second aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a third element, the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth link is established on the first link Direct link. The first link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the first link may include at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第四直連鏈路的數量,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址或至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識。In a possible design, the third element may include a direct link number field and a direct link identification word field, and the direct link number field may be used to indicate the number of the fourth direct link requested to be established. The quantity, the direct link identification field may include the address of at least one AP or the identifier of at least one fourth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device that respectively correspond to the at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,直連鏈路識別字欄位還可以包括第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link identifier field may further include an address of the first STA of the first device and an address of the second STA of the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第七位址與TDLS對等秘鑰綁定,第七位址可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。In a possible design, the seventh address is bound to the TDLS peer-to-peer key, and the seventh address may include multiple APs of the third device corresponding to the direct link between the first device and the second device The address of the AP or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and the address of the third device.

此外,第二方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第一方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第三方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第二設備,第二設備包括多個站點STA,第二設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:確定被保護資料,發送第一資料單元。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。In a third aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a second device, the second device includes a plurality of stations STA, the second device is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, and the second device includes a plurality of access points AP. A device is connected to a third device, and the first device includes one or more STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: determining the data to be protected, and sending the first data unit. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the first device includes a STA, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, the third address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the address of the third device. The first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。如此,保持協定的相容性,當第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,可以使legacy STA正確解析第一資料單元,從而legacy STA與non-AP MLD可以通過直連鏈路進行通信,可以提高資料傳輸速率。In a possible design manner, the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device. In this way, the compatibility of the agreement is maintained. When the second device acts as the TDLS initiator, the legacy STA can correctly parse the first data unit, so that the legacy STA and the non-AP MLD can communicate through a direct link, which can improve the data quality. Transmission rate.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the first device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the second device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link is the address of the first device A direct link to a second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括第一元素,第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design, the first data unit may include a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a first element, and the first element may be used to indicate the identity of the target link or multiple APs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the target link, the target link is the second direct link applied by the TDLS frame, and the second direct link is the direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。其中,喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the first data unit may include a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wake-up scheduling element and a second element. Wherein, the offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element can be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the third direct link among the multiple APs of the device, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。如此,保持協議的相容性。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device corresponds to the reference link The address of the AP. Wherein, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID column in the Link Identifier Element. In this way, the compatibility of the protocol is maintained.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。也就是說,TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀對應的第一元素的設置內容可以與TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀對應的第一元素的設置內容相同。如此,保持協議的相容性。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. That is to say, the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery response frame of the TDLS frame may be the same as the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery request frame of the TDLS frame. In this way, the compatibility of the protocol is maintained.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素用於指示第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。如此,保持協議的相容性。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the link between the first device and the third device, or the ID of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the first device among the multiple APs, and the transmission link is a link for sending the TDLS discovery request frame. In this way, the compatibility of the protocol is maintained.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,TDLS幀為TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS拆除幀、TDLS通道切換請求幀、TDLS通道切換回應幀、TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、TDLS對端節能管理回應幀、TDLS對端流量指示幀或TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述當第一設備包括一個STA且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。如此,保持協議的相容性。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup response frame, a TDLS setup confirmation frame, a TDLS teardown frame, a TDLS channel switching request frame, a TDLS channel switching response frame, and a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame , TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, TDLS peer traffic indication frame or TDLS peer traffic response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the above-mentioned when the first device includes a STA and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame , the implementation of the first element will not be repeated here. In this way, the compatibility of the protocol is maintained.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。可選地,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device and the reference link The address of the corresponding AP. Optionally, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸TDLS發現響應幀的公共鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,公共鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,公共鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與公共鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame, or multiple STAs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame among the APs. Wherein, the public link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the third device associated with the STA of the first device corresponding to the public link The AP of the device is the same as the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the public link.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀或TDLS建立確認幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame, a TDLS establishment response frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the reference link, or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the reference link among the multiple APs of the device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS拆除幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs and the TDLS frame is a TDLS teardown frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端流量指示幀、或者TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer traffic indication frame or a TDLS peer traffic response frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元可以包括第三元素,第三元素可用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路。第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路可以包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the first data unit may include a third element, and the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth direct link is established on the first link. The first link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the first link may include at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第四直連鏈路的數量,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址或至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識。In a possible design, the third element may include a direct link number field and a direct link identification word field, and the direct link number field may be used to indicate the number of the fourth direct link requested to be established. The quantity, the direct link identification field may include the address of at least one AP or the identifier of at least one fourth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device that respectively correspond to the at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,直連鏈路識別字欄位還可以包括第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link identifier field may further include an address of the first STA of the first device and an address of the second STA of the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第七位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定,第七位址可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。In a possible design mode, the seventh address is bound to the TDLS peer key TPK, and the seventh address may include a direct link between the first device and the second device among multiple APs of the third device The address of the corresponding AP or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and the address of the third device.

此外,第三方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第一方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the third aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第四方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第一設備,第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,第一設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:接收第一資料單元,解析第一資料單元獲得第一報頭。其中,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In the fourth aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a first device, the first device includes one or more stations STA, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes multiple access points AP , the second device is connected to the third device, and the second device includes multiple STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: receiving a first data unit, and parsing the first data unit to obtain a first header. Wherein, the first data unit is transmitted through a direct link between the first device and the second device. The first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the first device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the second device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link is the address of the first device A direct link to a second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第四方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:根據第一報頭獲得被保護資料。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接,第一設備包括一個STA。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the fourth aspect may further include: obtaining protected data according to the first header. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the first device includes a STA, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, the third address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device, and the first device includes an STA. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the address of the third device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第四方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括第一元素,第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design, the direct link addressing method provided in the fourth aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a tunnel direct link to establish a TDLS frame, the TDLS frame may include the first element, the first element It can be used to indicate the identity of the target link or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device. The target link is the second direct link applied by the TDLS frame, and the second direct link is A direct link between a first device and a second device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device corresponds to the reference link The address of the AP. Wherein, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID column in the Link Identifier Element.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。也就是說,TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀對應的第一元素的設置內容可以與TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀對應的第一元素的設置內容相同。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the multiple APs of the third device correspond to the transmission link The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. That is to say, the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery response frame of the TDLS frame may be the same as the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery request frame of the TDLS frame.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素用於指示第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the link between the first device and the third device, or the ID of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the first device among the multiple APs, and the transmission link is a link for sending the TDLS discovery request frame.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括一個STA,TDLS幀為TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS拆除幀、TDLS通道切換請求幀、TDLS通道切換回應幀、TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、TDLS對端節能管理回應幀、TDLS對端流量指示幀或TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述當第一設備包括一個STA且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。In a possible design, when the first device includes a STA, the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup response frame, a TDLS setup confirmation frame, a TDLS teardown frame, a TDLS channel switching request frame, a TDLS channel switching response frame, and a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame , TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, TDLS peer traffic indication frame or TDLS peer traffic response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the above-mentioned when the first device includes a STA and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame , the implementation of the first element will not be repeated here.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。可選地,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device and the reference link The address of the corresponding AP. Optionally, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸TDLS發現響應幀的公共鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,公共鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,公共鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與公共鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame, or multiple STAs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame among the APs. Wherein, the public link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the third device associated with the STA of the first device corresponding to the public link The AP of the device is the same as the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the public link.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀或TDLS建立確認幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame, a TDLS establishment response frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the reference link, or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the reference link among the multiple APs of the device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS拆除幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs and the TDLS frame is a TDLS teardown frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

一種可能的設計中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端流量指示幀、或者TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。In a possible design, when the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer traffic indication frame or a TDLS peer traffic response frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第四方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。其中,喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the fourth aspect may further include: analyzing the first data unit to obtain a TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wake-up scheduling element and a second element. Wherein, the offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element can be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third The address of the AP corresponding to the third direct link among the multiple APs of the device, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和TDLS對端節能管理回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame and a TDLS peer energy saving management response frame.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第四方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得第三元素,第三元素可用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路。第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路可以包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。In a possible design, the direct link addressing method provided in the fourth aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a third element, the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth link is established on the first link Direct link. The first link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the first link may include at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第四直連鏈路的數量,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址或至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識。In a possible design, the third element may include a direct link number field and a direct link identification word field, and the direct link number field may be used to indicate the number of the fourth direct link requested to be established. The quantity, the direct link identification field may include the address of at least one AP or the identifier of at least one fourth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device that respectively correspond to the at least one fourth direct link.

在一種可能的設計方式中,直連鏈路識別字欄位還可以包括第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。In a possible design manner, the direct link identifier field may further include an address of the first STA of the first device and an address of the second STA of the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第七位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定,第七位址可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。In a possible design mode, the seventh address is bound to the TDLS peer key TPK, and the seventh address may include a direct link between the first device and the second device among multiple APs of the third device The address of the corresponding AP or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and the address of the third device.

此外,第四方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第一方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第五方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第一設備,第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,第一設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:確定第一資料單元,發送第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。In the fifth aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a first device, the first device includes one or more stations STA, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes multiple access points AP , the second device is connected to the third device, and the second device includes multiple STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: determining the first data unit, and sending the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the sixth direct address among multiple APs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the link, and the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元還包括幀體,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In a possible design manner, the first data unit further includes a frame body, where the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

基於第五方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,當第一設備包括一個STA,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第一設備連接的第一AP的位址構建第一報頭。第一設備包括多個STA時,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址構建第一報頭,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸TDLS幀的鏈路。從而第一設備可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸第一資料單元,不需要第三設備的轉發,可以提高資料傳輸速率。另外,第六位址的設置方式可以相容第一設備包括一個STA和第一設備包括多個STA的情況,可以避免頻繁修改第六位址的設置內容,從而可以進一步降低傳輸時延。Based on the direct link addressing method provided in the fifth aspect, when the first device includes an STA, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the first AP connected to the first device are used to construct the first masthead. When the first device includes multiple STAs, use the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device to construct the first header , the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting TDLS frames between the first device and the second device. Therefore, the first device can transmit the first data unit through the direct link between the first device and the second device, without forwarding by the third device, and the data transmission rate can be increased. In addition, the setting method of the sixth address can be compatible with the situation that the first device includes one STA and the first device includes multiple STAs, which can avoid frequent modification of the setting content of the sixth address, thereby further reducing the transmission delay.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。TDLS發現回應幀被封裝成公共管理幀,不需要加密,因而可以不確定對應的AAD構造。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame. The TDLS discovers that the response frame is encapsulated into a public management frame and does not need to be encrypted, so the corresponding AAD structure can be determined.

第六方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第二設備,第二設備包括多個站點STA,第二設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。所述直連鏈路定址方法包括:接收第一資料單元,解析第一資料單元獲得第一報頭。其中,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。According to the sixth aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a second device, the second device includes a plurality of stations STA, the second device is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, and the second device includes a plurality of access points AP. A device is connected to a third device, and the first device includes one or more STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: receiving a first data unit, and parsing the first data unit to obtain a first header. Wherein, the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the sixth direct address among multiple APs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the link, and the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第六方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得幀體,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the sixth aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a frame body, where the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

此外,第六方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第五方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第七方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第二設備,第二設備包括多個站點STA,第二設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。所述直連鏈路定址方法包括:確定第一資料單元,發送第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。In the seventh aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a second device, the second device includes a plurality of STAs, the second device is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, and the second device includes a plurality of access points AP. A device is connected to a third device, and the first device includes one or more STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: determining the first data unit, and sending the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the sixth address among the multiple APs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the link, and the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第一資料單元還包括幀體,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In a possible design manner, the first data unit further includes a frame body, where the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

此外,第七方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第五方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第八方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址方法,應用於第一設備,第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,第一設備與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。該直連鏈路定址方法包括:接收第一資料單元,解析第一資料單元獲得第一報頭。其中,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。In the eighth aspect, a direct link addressing method is provided, which is applied to a first device, the first device includes one or more stations STA, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes multiple access points AP , the second device is connected to the third device, and the second device includes multiple STAs. The direct link addressing method includes: receiving a first data unit, and parsing the first data unit to obtain a first header. Wherein, the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, the sixth address is the address of the first AP of the third device, and the first The device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the sixth address among the multiple APs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the link, and the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

在一種可能的設計方式中,第八方面提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括:解析第一資料單元獲得幀體,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In a possible design manner, the direct link addressing method provided in the eighth aspect may further include: parsing the first data unit to obtain a frame body, where the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

此外,第八方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果可以參考第五方面所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第九方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址裝置。該直連鏈路定址裝置包括:用於執行第一方面、第四方面、第五方面、或第八方面中任一項所述方法的單元或模組。In a ninth aspect, a direct link addressing device is provided. The direct link addressing device includes: a unit or a module for performing the method described in any one of the first aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the eighth aspect.

在本申請中,第九方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置可以為第一設備,或者可設置於第一設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件。In the present application, the direct link addressing device described in the ninth aspect may be the first device, or may be provided on a chip (system) or other components or elements of the first device.

此外,第九方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置的技術效果可以參考第一方面或第五方面中的任意一種實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, the technical effect of the direct link addressing device described in the ninth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in any one of the first aspect or the fifth aspect, and will not be repeated here. .

第十方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址裝置。該直連鏈路定址裝置包括:用於執行第二方面、第三方面、第六方面、或第七方面中任一項所述方法的單元或模組。In a tenth aspect, a direct link addressing device is provided. The direct link addressing device includes: a unit or a module for executing the method described in any one of the second aspect, the third aspect, the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect.

在本申請中,第十方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置可以為第二設備,或者可設置於第二設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件。In the present application, the direct link addressing device described in the tenth aspect may be the second device, or may be provided on a chip (system) or other components or elements of the second device.

此外,第十方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置的技術效果可以參考第一方面或第五方面中的任意一種實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, the technical effect of the direct link addressing device described in the tenth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in any one of the first aspect or the fifth aspect, and will not be repeated here. .

第十一方面,提供一種直連鏈路定址裝置。該直連鏈路定址裝置包括:處理器,該處理器與記憶體耦合,記憶體用於存儲電腦程式。處理器用於執行記憶體中存儲的電腦程式,以使得該直連鏈路定址裝置執行如第一方面至第八方面中任一種可能的實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法。In an eleventh aspect, a direct link addressing device is provided. The direct link addressing device includes: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used for storing computer programs. The processor is configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the direct link addressing device executes the direct link addressing method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.

在一種可能的設計中,第十一方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置還可以包括收發器。該收發器可以為收發電路或輸入/輸出埠。所述收發器可以用於該直連鏈路定址裝置與其他設備通信。In a possible design, the device for addressing the direct link according to the eleventh aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an input/output port. The transceiver can be used for the direct link addressing means to communicate with other devices.

在本申請中,第十一方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置可以為第一設備、或第二設備,或者設置於第一設備、或第二設備內部的晶片或晶片系統。In the present application, the direct link addressing device described in the eleventh aspect may be the first device or the second device, or a chip or a chip system disposed inside the first device or the second device.

此外,第十一方面所述的直連鏈路定址裝置的技術效果可以參考第一方面至第八方面中任一種實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, the technical effect of the direct link addressing device described in the eleventh aspect can refer to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method described in any one of the implementations from the first aspect to the eighth aspect, and will not be repeated here. .

第十二方面,提供一種通信系統。該通信系統包括第一設備和第二設備。In a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a first device and a second device.

第十三方面,提供了一種晶片系統,該晶片系統包括處理器和輸入/輸出埠,所述處理器用於實現第一方面至第八方面所涉及的處理功能,所述輸入/輸出埠用於實現第一方面至第八方面所涉及的收發功能。A thirteenth aspect provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor and an input/output port, the processor is used to implement the processing functions involved in the first aspect to the eighth aspect, and the input/output port is used for Realize the sending and receiving functions involved in the first aspect to the eighth aspect.

在一種可能的設計中,該晶片系統還包括記憶體,該記憶體用於存儲實現第一方面至第八方面所涉及功能的程式指令和資料。In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect to the eighth aspect.

該晶片系統,可以由晶片構成,也可以包含晶片和其他分立器件。The wafer system may consist of wafers, or may include wafers and other discrete devices.

第十四方面,提供一種電腦可讀存儲介質,包括:電腦程式或指令;當該電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得該電腦執行第一方面至第八方面中任意一種可能的實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法。In a fourteenth aspect, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium, including: a computer program or instruction; when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect to the eighth aspect The above direct link addressing method.

第十五方面,提供一種電腦程式產品,包括電腦程式或指令,當該電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得該電腦執行第一方面至第八方面中任意一種可能的實現方式所述的直連鏈路定址方法。In the fifteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product, including computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run on the computer, the computer executes the computer program described in any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Direct link addressing method.

在本申請的描述中,除非另有說明,“/”表示“或”的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B。本文中的“和/或”僅僅是一種描述關聯物件的關聯關係,表示可以存在三種關係,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:單獨存在A,同時存在A和B,單獨存在B這三種情況。此外,“至少一個”是指一個或多個,“多個”是指兩個或兩個以上。“第一”、“第二”等字樣並不對數量和執行次序進行限定,並且“第一”、“第二”等字樣也並不限定一定不同。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means "or", for example, A/B may mean A or B. The "and/or" in this article is just a description of the associated relationship between related objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. Condition. In addition, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. Words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and order of execution, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference.

本申請將圍繞可包括多個設備、元件、模組等的系統來呈現各個方面、實施例或特徵。應當理解和明白的是,各個系統可以包括另外的設備、元件、模組等,並且/或者可以並不包括結合附圖討論的所有設備、元件、模組等。此外,還可以使用這些方案的組合。The present application will present various aspects, embodiments or features in the context of a system which may comprise a number of devices, elements, modules and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, elements, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, elements, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. Additionally, combinations of these schemes can also be used.

本申請中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等詞用於表示作例子、例證或說明。本申請中被描述為“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何實施例或設計方案不應被解釋為比其他實施例或設計方案更優選或更具優勢。確切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等詞旨在以具體方式呈現相關概念。In this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to mean an example, illustration or illustration. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "for example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.

多鏈路設備(multipe link device,MLD)包括一個或多個隸屬的站點,隸屬的站點是邏輯上的站點,“多鏈路設備包括隸屬站點”在本申請實施例中也簡要描述為“多鏈路設備包括站點”。 隸屬的站點可以為AP或非接入點站點(non-AP STA)。為描述方便,本申請將隸屬的站點為AP的多鏈路設備稱為AP MLD,或者多鏈路AP,或者多鏈路AP設備,或者接入點AP。將隸屬的站點為AP的單鏈路設備稱為AP設備,或者接入點,或者AP,或者單鏈路AP設備等,或者接入點AP。將隸屬的站點為non-AP STA的多鏈路設備稱為non-AP MLD,或者多鏈路STA,或者多鏈路STA設備,或者STA MLD等。將隸屬的站點為non-AP STA的單鏈路設備稱為STA設備,或者站點,或者STA,或者non-AP STA等。A multi-link device (multipe link device, MLD) includes one or more affiliated sites, and the affiliated sites are logical sites. "Multipe link devices include affiliated sites" is also briefly described in the embodiments of this application. Described as "Multilink Devices Including Stations". The affiliated station can be an AP or a non-AP STA. For convenience of description, in this application, a multi-link device whose affiliated station is an AP is referred to as an AP MLD, or a multi-link AP, or a multi-link AP device, or an access point AP. A single-link device whose affiliated station is an AP is called an AP device, or an access point, or an AP, or a single-link AP device, etc., or an access point AP. A multi-link device whose affiliated station is a non-AP STA is called a non-AP MLD, or a multi-link STA, or a multi-link STA device, or a STA MLD. A single-link device whose station belongs to a non-AP STA is called an STA device, or a station, or an STA, or a non-AP STA, and so on.

本申請實施例的技術方案可以應用於各種通信系統,例如採用IEEE 802.11標準的系統。示例性的,IEEE 802.11標準包括但不限於:802.11be標準、或者更下一代的802.11標準。本申請的技術方案適用的場景包括:non-AP MLD與AP MLD之間的通信、STA設備與AP MLD之間的通信,non-AP MLD與non-AP MLD之間的通信,STA設備與non-AP MLD之間的通信。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, systems adopting the IEEE 802.11 standard. Exemplarily, the IEEE 802.11 standard includes but is not limited to: the 802.11be standard, or the next-generation 802.11 standard. The applicable scenarios of the technical solution of this application include: communication between non-AP MLD and AP MLD, communication between STA device and AP MLD, communication between non-AP MLD and non-AP MLD, communication between STA device and non-AP MLD, - Communication between AP MLDs.

多鏈路設備MLD可以遵循IEEE 802.11系列標準實現無線通訊,例如,遵循極高吞吐率(extremely high throughput,EHT),或遵循基於802.11be或相容支持802.11be,從而實現與其他設備的通信,當然其他設備可以是多鏈路設備,也可以不是多鏈路設備。The multi-link device MLD can follow IEEE 802.11 series standards to realize wireless communication, for example, follow extremely high throughput (EHT), or follow 802.11be or support 802.11be compatible, so as to realize communication with other devices, Of course, other devices may or may not be multi-link devices.

本申請實施例描述的網路架構以及業務場景是為了更加清楚的說明本申請實施例的技術方案,並不構成對於本申請實施例提供的技術方案的限定,本領域普通技術人員可知,隨著網路架構的演變和新業務場景的出現,本申請實施例提供的技術方案對於類似的技術問題,同樣適用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. Those of ordinary skill in the art know that as With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.

為便於理解本申請實施例,首先以圖1中示出的通信系統為例詳細說明適用於本申請實施例的通信系統。示例性地,圖1為本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法所適用的一種通信系統的架構示意圖。To facilitate understanding of the embodiment of the present application, first, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example to describe in detail the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system to which the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applicable.

如圖1所示,該通信系統包括至少一個AP MLD和至少一個non-AP MLD,如non-AP MLD1和non-AP MLD2。可選地,該通信系統還可以包括至少一個STA設備。AP MLD可以包括多個AP,non-AP MLD可以包括多個STA,STA設備包括一個STA,該STA設備可以稱之為legacy STA。As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system includes at least one AP MLD and at least one non-AP MLD, such as non-AP MLD1 and non-AP MLD2. Optionally, the communications system may further include at least one STA device. The AP MLD may include multiple APs, the non-AP MLD may include multiple STAs, and the STA device includes one STA, which may be called a legacy STA.

其中,上述AP MLD是一種部署在無線通訊網路中為其關聯的STA提供無線通訊功能的裝置。該AP MLD包括但不限於:無線保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系統中的接入點(access point,AP),如家庭閘道、路由器、伺服器、交換機、橋接器等,演進型節點B(evolved Node B,eNB)、無線網路控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、節點B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收發台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基帶單元(baseband unit,BBU),無線中繼節點、無線回傳節點、傳輸點(transmission and reception point,TRP或者transmission point,TP)等,還可以為5G,如,新空口(new radio,NR)系統中的gNB,或,傳輸點(TRP或TP),5G系統中的基站的一個或一組(包括多個天線面板)天線面板,或者,還可以為構成gNB或傳輸點的網路節點,如基帶單元(BBU),或,分散式單元(distributed unit,DU)、具有基站功能的路邊單元(road side unit,RSU)等。Wherein, the aforementioned AP MLD is a device deployed in a wireless communication network to provide a wireless communication function for its associated STA. The AP MLD includes but is not limited to: an access point (access point, AP) in a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, such as a home gateway, a router, a server, a switch, a bridge, etc., and an evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS ), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point , TP), etc., can also be 5G, such as gNB in the new air interface (new radio, NR) system, or, transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of base stations in the 5G system (including multiple antennas panel) Antenna panel, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), a roadside unit (road side unit) with base station functions , RSU) etc.

上述non-AP MLD或STA設備為接入上述通信系統,且具有無線收發功能的終端或可設置於該終端的晶片或晶片系統。該終端設備也可以稱為使用者裝置、接入終端、使用者單元、使用者站、移動站、移動台、遠方站、遠端終端機、移動設備、使用者終端、終端、無線通訊設備、使用者代理或使用者裝置。本申請的實施例中的終端設備可以是手機(mobile phone)、平板電腦(Pad)、帶無線收發功能的電腦、虛擬實境(virtual reality,VR)終端設備、增強現實(augmented reality,AR)終端設備、工業控制(industrial control)中的無線終端、無人駕駛(self driving)中的無線終端、遠端醫療(remote medical)中的無線終端、智慧電網(smart grid)中的無線終端、運輸安全(transportation safety)中的無線終端、智慧城市(smart city)中的無線終端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的無線終端、車載終端、具有終端功能的RSU等。本申請的終端設備還可以是作為一個或多個部件或者單元而內置於車輛的車載模組、車載模組、車載部件、車載晶片或者車載單元,車輛通過內置的所述車載模組、車載模組、車載部件、車載晶片或者車載單元可以實施本申請提供的直連鏈路定址方法。The above-mentioned non-AP MLD or STA device is a terminal that accesses the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function, or a chip or a chip system that can be installed on the terminal. The terminal equipment may also be called a user device, an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, User agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) Terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety Wireless terminals in (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, vehicle-mounted terminals, RSUs with terminal functions, etc. The terminal device of the present application can also be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip, or a vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units. Groups, on-board components, on-board chips, or on-board units can implement the direct link addressing method provided by this application.

需要說明的是,本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法,可以適用於圖1所示的任意兩個節點之間,具體實現可以參考下述方法實施例,此處不再贅述。It should be noted that the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied between any two nodes shown in FIG. 1 , and the specific implementation can refer to the following method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

應當指出的是,本申請實施例中的方案還可以應用於其他通信系統中,相應的名稱也可以用其他通信系統中的對應功能的名稱進行替代。It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems, and the corresponding names can also be replaced with names of corresponding functions in other communication systems.

應理解,圖1僅為便於理解而示例的簡化示意圖,該通信系統中還可以包括其他設備,圖1中未予以畫出。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may also include other devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .

多鏈路設備工作的頻段可以包括但不限於:1GHz以下(sub1GHz)、2.4GHz、5GHz、6GHz、和高頻60GHz。並且,MLD可以在同一頻段上通過多個通道進行通信。該多頻段或多通道可以統稱為多鏈路。通過多鏈路通信的方式提高峰值吞吐量,降低業務傳輸的時延,進而提高MLD之間通信的速率。The frequency bands in which the multi-link device works may include, but are not limited to: sub1GHz, 2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz, and high frequency 60GHz. Also, MLD can communicate through multiple channels on the same frequency band. The multi-frequency bands or multi-channels may be collectively referred to as multi-links. The peak throughput is improved through multi-link communication, the delay of service transmission is reduced, and the communication rate between MLDs is increased.

圖2示出了參與通信的AP MLD和non-AP MLD的結構示意圖。如圖2所示,AP MLD包括隸屬的AP1和AP2。其中,AP1和AP2在低(low)媒體接入控制(media access control,MAC)層和實體層(physical layer,PHY)互相獨立,共用高MAC(high MAC)層。non-AP MLD包括隸屬的STA1和STA2。其中,STA1和STA2在低MAC層和PHY層互相獨立,共用高MAC層。AP MLD與non-AP MLD之間可以通過鏈路1和鏈路2進行通信,鏈路1的一端連接AP MLD的AP1,另一端連接non-AP MLD的STA1,鏈路2的一端連接AP MLD的AP2,另一端連接non-AP MLD的STA2。Fig. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of AP MLD and non-AP MLD involved in communication. As shown in Figure 2, the AP MLD includes affiliated AP1 and AP2. Wherein, AP1 and AP2 are independent from each other in a low (low) media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and a physical layer (physical layer, PHY), and share a high MAC (high MAC) layer. The non-AP MLD includes affiliated STA1 and STA2. Among them, STA1 and STA2 are independent of each other in the low MAC layer and the PHY layer, and share the high MAC layer. AP MLD and non-AP MLD can communicate through link 1 and link 2. One end of link 1 is connected to AP1 of AP MLD, the other end is connected to STA1 of non-AP MLD, and one end of link 2 is connected to AP MLD. AP2, and the other end is connected to STA2 of the non-AP MLD.

多鏈路設備對應有多鏈路設備位址,多鏈路設備的每條鏈路對應各自的鏈路位址。以AP MLD為例,多鏈路設備位址可以為 AP MLD MAC位址(address)。以non-AP MLD為例,多鏈路設備位址可以為STA MLD MAC位址。AP MLD與non-AP MLD之間的鏈路位址可以包括鏈路兩端對應的隸屬AP MAC位址(affiliated AP MAC address)和隸屬STA MAC位址(affiliated STA MAC address)。The multi-link device corresponds to the address of the multi-link device, and each link of the multi-link device corresponds to its own link address. Taking the AP MLD as an example, the address of the multi-link device may be the MAC address (address) of the AP MLD. Taking the non-AP MLD as an example, the address of the multi-link device may be the MAC address of the STA MLD. The link address between the AP MLD and the non-AP MLD may include an affiliated AP MAC address (affiliated AP MAC address) and an affiliated STA MAC address (affiliated STA MAC address) corresponding to both ends of the link.

需要說明的是,圖2中僅示出了AP MLD和non-AP MLD工作在兩條鏈路上,本申請實施例對AP MLD和non-AP MLD工作的鏈路的數量不進行限定。It should be noted that FIG. 2 only shows that the AP MLD and the non-AP MLD work on two links, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of links on which the AP MLD and the non-AP MLD work.

示例性的,多鏈路設備為具有無線通訊功能的裝置,該裝置可以為一個整機的設備,還可以是安裝在整機設備中的晶片或處理系統等,安裝這些晶片或處理系統的設備可以在這些晶片或處理系統的控制下,實現本申請實施例的方法和功能。Exemplarily, the multi-link device is a device with a wireless communication function. The device may be a complete device, or a chip or a processing system installed in the complete device, and the device in which these chips or processing systems are installed The methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application can be implemented under the control of these wafers or processing systems.

下面結合圖2和圖3對non-AP MLD和AP MLD之間進行多鏈路建立進行具體闡述。The establishment of multiple links between the non-AP MLD and the AP MLD will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 .

non-AP MLD可以通過其中一條鏈路進行多鏈路建立操作來實現與AP MLD的多條鏈路同時建立關聯。在關聯過程中,non-AP MLD與AP MLD可以在一條鏈路上交互關聯請求/回應(Association Request/Response)幀。其中,用於交互Association Request/Response幀的鏈路可以被稱為傳輸鏈路(傳輸鏈路),其他的鏈路即為非傳輸鏈路(Non-transmitted Link)。應理解, Association Request/Response可以攜帶需要關聯的多條鏈路的資訊以實現non-AP MLD和AP MLD之間同時關聯多條鏈路。The non-AP MLD can perform a multi-link establishment operation through one of the links to establish associations with multiple links of the AP MLD at the same time. During the association process, the non-AP MLD and the AP MLD can exchange association request/response (Association Request/Response) frames on a link. Wherein, a link used for exchanging Association Request/Response frames may be called a transmission link (transmission link), and other links are non-transmission links (Non-transmitted Link). It should be understood that the Association Request/Response may carry information about multiple links that need to be associated, so as to realize simultaneous association of multiple links between the non-AP MLD and the AP MLD.

例如,結合圖2,non-AP MLD在鏈路1上發送一個Association Request幀, Association Request幀攜帶鏈路1的STA側資訊以及鏈路2的STA側資訊。應理解,鏈路1可以被稱為傳輸鏈路,鏈路2可以被稱為非傳輸鏈路。AP MLD在鏈路1上向non-AP MLD發送Association Response幀, Association Response幀可以攜帶鏈路1的AP側資訊以及鏈路2的AP側資訊。從而,non-AP MLD和AP MLD在鏈路1和鏈路2上建立起關聯。進而,non-AP MLD和AP MLD可以在鏈路1和鏈路2上進行資料傳輸。For example, referring to FIG. 2 , the non-AP MLD sends an Association Request frame on link 1, and the Association Request frame carries STA-side information of link 1 and STA-side information of link 2. It should be understood that Link 1 may be referred to as a transmission link, and Link 2 may be referred to as a non-transmission link. The AP MLD sends an Association Response frame to the non-AP MLD on the link 1, and the Association Response frame may carry the AP side information of the link 1 and the AP side information of the link 2. Therefore, the non-AP MLD and the AP MLD are associated on link 1 and link 2 . Furthermore, non-AP MLD and AP MLD can perform data transmission on link 1 and link 2.

為了進行多鏈路操作,可以在與多鏈路操作相關的幀中指示多條鏈路的相關資訊。為此,協定定義了多鏈路元素(Multi-link element)。示例性的,如圖3所示,其中,Multi-link element所攜帶的資訊主要分為兩部分,一部分為多鏈路設備級資訊(MLD-level info),包括Multi-link Control欄位、MLD MAC Address等欄位,另一部分為每個站點(Per-STA Profile)資訊,其攜帶非傳輸鏈路的相關資訊。Per-STA Profile中會指示對應鏈路的鏈路標識(Link ID),鏈路標識可用於指示Per-STA profile是對應哪條鏈路上相關STA的資訊。其中,MLD MAC Address欄位攜帶發送端的MLD MAC Address。In order to perform multi-link operation, relevant information of multiple links may be indicated in a frame related to multi-link operation. To this end, the agreement defines a multi-link element (Multi-link element). Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 3, the information carried by the Multi-link element is mainly divided into two parts, one part is multi-link device level information (MLD-level info), including the Multi-link Control field, MLD Fields such as MAC Address, and the other part is per-station (Per-STA Profile) information, which carries information about non-transmission links. The link ID (Link ID) of the corresponding link will be indicated in the Per-STA Profile, and the link ID can be used to indicate which link the Per-STA profile corresponds to the relevant STA information. Wherein, the MLD MAC Address field carries the MLD MAC Address of the sender.

為了節省信令開銷,Multi-link element採用了繼承結構。當非傳輸鏈路中相應的element與傳輸鏈路中對應的element的內容相同時,則非傳輸鏈路中相應的element不需要攜帶在該鏈路的Per-STA Profile中。只有所對應的element的內容不同時,才會攜帶在該鏈路的Per-STA Profile中。In order to save signaling overhead, the Multi-link element adopts an inheritance structure. When the corresponding element in the non-transmission link has the same content as the corresponding element in the transmission link, the corresponding element in the non-transmission link does not need to be carried in the Per-STA Profile of the link. Only when the content of the corresponding element is different, it will be carried in the Per-STA Profile of the link.

需要說明的是,多鏈路元素的具體格式不限於圖3所示,本申請對鏈路標識元素的具體格式不進行限定。It should be noted that the specific format of the multi-link element is not limited to that shown in FIG. 3 , and this application does not limit the specific format of the link identification element.

應理解,non-AP MLD可以通過接收探測回應幀或者信標幀來獲得每條鏈路對應的鏈路資訊(例如鏈路標識),還可以獲得每條鏈路所工作的通道和每條鏈路的位址,如鏈路的基本服務集識別字(basic service set identifier,BSSID)。It should be understood that the non-AP MLD can obtain the link information corresponding to each link (such as the link identifier) by receiving the probe response frame or the beacon frame, and can also obtain the working channel of each link and each link The address of the link, such as the basic service set identifier (BSSID) of the link.

下面結合表1和圖4對兩個STA設備之間進行隧道直連鏈路建立(tunneled direct-link setup,TDLS)進行具體闡述,圖4為本申請實施例提供的一種Link Identifier element的幀結構的示意圖。The following describes in detail the establishment of a tunneled direct-link setup (TDLS) between two STA devices in combination with Table 1 and FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a frame structure of a Link Identifier element provided in an embodiment of the present application schematic diagram.

假設第一STA設備與第二STA設備均與同一個AP設備連接,第一STA設備包括一個STA,第二STA設備包括一個STA。如果第一STA設備與第二STA設備處於無線通訊可達範圍內,可以在第一STA設備與第二STA設備之間建立直連鏈路,從而第一STA設備與第二STA設備可以通過該直連鏈路直接進行通信,不需要通過AP設備轉發,可以提高資料傳輸速率,減少時延。It is assumed that both the first STA device and the second STA device are connected to the same AP device, the first STA device includes one STA, and the second STA device includes one STA. If the first STA device and the second STA device are within the reachable range of wireless communication, a direct link can be established between the first STA device and the second STA device, so that the first STA device and the second STA device can pass through the The direct link communicates directly without forwarding through the AP device, which can increase the data transmission rate and reduce the delay.

示例性地,TDLS相關操作包括但不限於如下一項或多項:TDLS發現、TDLS建立、TDLS拆除、TDLS通道切換、TDLS節能、和TDLS業務指示。TDLS相關操作對應的TDLS幀如下述表1所示。在本申請實施例中,TDLS幀可以包括:TDLS行動幀和TDLS公共行動幀(public action frame)。例如,結合下述表1,TDLS發現回應幀(TDLS Discovery Response frame)屬於TDLS公共行動幀,除TDLS Discovery Response frame以外的TDLS幀均屬於TDLS行動幀。Exemplarily, TDLS-related operations include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: TDLS discovery, TDLS establishment, TDLS teardown, TDLS channel switching, TDLS energy saving, and TDLS service indication. TDLS frames corresponding to TDLS related operations are shown in Table 1 below. In this embodiment of the present application, the TDLS frame may include: a TDLS action frame and a TDLS public action frame (public action frame). For example, combined with the following Table 1, a TDLS Discovery Response frame (TDLS Discovery Response frame) belongs to the TDLS public action frame, and all TDLS frames except the TDLS Discovery Response frame belong to the TDLS action frame.

應理解,第一STA設備和第二STA設備可以通過交換TDLS幀來實現相應地TDLS相關操作。例如,第一STA設備和第二STA設備可以通過交換TDLS對端節能管理請求幀(TDLS Peer Power Saving Management Request frame,TDLS Peer PSM Request frame)以及TDLS對端節能管理回應幀(TDLS Peer PSM Response frame)實現TDLS節能。或者,第一STA設備或第二STA設備可以採用TDLS幀來實現相應地TDLS相關操作。例如,第一STA設備可以採用TDLS拆除幀(TDLS Teardown frame)實現TDLS拆除。It should be understood that the first STA device and the second STA device may implement corresponding TDLS-related operations by exchanging TDLS frames. For example, the first STA device and the second STA device may exchange TDLS Peer Power Saving Management Request frame (TDLS Peer Power Saving Management Request frame, TDLS Peer PSM Request frame) and TDLS Peer Power Saving Management Response frame (TDLS Peer PSM Response frame ) to realize TDLS energy saving. Alternatively, the first STA device or the second STA device may use the TDLS frame to implement corresponding TDLS-related operations. For example, the first STA device may use a TDLS teardown frame (TDLS Teardown frame) to implement TDLS teardown.

TDLS幀的傳輸方式可以包括:通過AP設備(via AP)轉發、或直接(direct)傳輸。其中,通過AP設備轉發表示採用這種傳輸方式的TDLS幀需通過AP轉發第一STA設備和第二STA設備之間的資料。直接傳輸表示採用這種傳輸方式的TDLS幀可以通過STA設備與STA設備之間的直連鏈路由一個STA設備傳輸至另一個STA設備,不需要AP設備轉發。應理解,某些或某個TDLS幀可以採用上述一種或兩種(both allowed)方式傳輸,具體參見下下述表1,此處不再一一闡述。The transmission mode of the TDLS frame may include: forwarding through an AP device (via AP), or direct (direct) transmission. Wherein, forwarding through the AP device indicates that the TDLS frame adopting this transmission mode needs to forward the data between the first STA device and the second STA device through the AP. Direct transmission means that TDLS frames using this transmission mode can be transmitted from one STA device to another STA device through the direct link between STA devices, without forwarding by the AP device. It should be understood that some or a certain TDLS frame may be transmitted in one or two (both allowed) modes described above, see Table 1 below for details, and will not be described here one by one.

當TDLS幀通過AP設備轉發、或通過直連鏈路發送的過程中,會被封裝成資料幀(data frame)或管理幀(management frame)進行發送。具體地,TDLS行動幀可以被封裝成資料幀進行發送,TDLS公共行動幀可以直接以管理幀的形式進行發送,具體參見下述表1,此處不再一一闡述。When the TDLS frame is forwarded by the AP device or sent through a direct link, it will be encapsulated into a data frame or a management frame for transmission. Specifically, the TDLS action frame can be encapsulated into a data frame for transmission, and the TDLS public action frame can be directly transmitted in the form of a management frame. For details, refer to the following Table 1, which will not be elaborated here.

表1 TDLS幀 傳輸方式 框架類型 TDLS發現請求幀 (TDLS Discovery Request frame) via AP 資料幀 TDLS發現回應幀 (TDLS Discovery Response frame) direct 管理幀 TDLS建立請求幀 (TDLS Setup Request frame) via AP 資料幀 TDLS建立回應幀 (TDLS Setup Response frame) via AP 資料幀 TDLS建立確認幀 (TDLS Setup Confirm frame) via AP 資料幀 TDLS拆除幀(TDLS Teardown frame) both allowed 資料幀 TDLS通道切換請求幀 (TDLS Channel Switch Request frame) direct 資料幀 TDLS通道切換回應幀 (TDLS Channel Switch Response frame) direct 資料幀 TDLS對端節能管理請求幀 (TDLS Peer PSM Request frame) Both allowed 資料幀 TDLS對端節能管理回應幀 (TDLS Peer PSM Response frame) direct 資料幀 TDLS對端流量指示幀 (TDLS Peer Traffic Indication frame) via AP 資料幀 TDLS對端流量回應幀 (TDLS Peer Traffic Response frame) direct 資料幀 Table 1 TDLS frame transfer method frame type TDLS Discovery Request frame (TDLS Discovery Request frame) via AP data frame TDLS Discovery Response frame (TDLS Discovery Response frame) direct management frame TDLS Setup Request frame (TDLS Setup Request frame) via AP data frame TDLS Setup Response frame (TDLS Setup Response frame) via AP data frame TDLS Setup Confirm frame via AP data frame TDLS Teardown frame both allowed data frame TDLS Channel Switch Request frame (TDLS Channel Switch Request frame) direct data frame TDLS Channel Switch Response frame (TDLS Channel Switch Response frame) direct data frame TDLS Peer PSM Request frame (TDLS Peer PSM Request frame) Both allowed data frame TDLS Peer PSM Response frame (TDLS Peer PSM Response frame) direct data frame TDLS Peer Traffic Indication frame via AP data frame TDLS Peer Traffic Response frame direct data frame

下面對結合圖5和圖6對本申請下述實施例涉及的AAD和MPDU進行闡述。The following describes the AAD and MPDU involved in the following embodiments of the present application with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 .

如圖5所示,AAD可以包括如下一個或多個欄位:幀控制(Frame Control)、位址1(Address1)、位址2(Address2)、位址3(Address3)、序列控制(Sequence Control)、位址4(Address4)、和服務品質控制(Quality of Service Control,QoS Control)。As shown in Figure 5, AAD can include one or more of the following fields: Frame Control (Frame Control), Address 1 (Address1), Address 2 (Address2), Address 3 (Address3), Sequence Control (Sequence Control ), Address 4 (Address4), and Quality of Service Control (QoS Control).

具體地,位址1用於指示接收位址(receiver address,RA),位址2用於指示發送位址(transmitter address,TA),位址3用於指示與接收端關聯的AP MLD的位址,或者與接收端關聯的AP(指AP MLD中的AP)的位址。對於管理幀,位址3可用於幀過濾。例如,根據位址3可獲知該幀是不是屬於基本服務集(basic service set,BSS),如果不是,則會丟棄該幀。Specifically, address 1 is used to indicate the receiving address (receiver address, RA), address 2 is used to indicate the sending address (transmitter address, TA), and address 3 is used to indicate the bit of the AP MLD associated with the receiving end address, or the address of the AP (referring to the AP in the AP MLD) associated with the receiving end. For management frames, address 3 can be used for frame filtering. For example, according to the address 3, it can be known whether the frame belongs to the basic service set (basic service set, BSS), and if not, the frame will be discarded.

需要說明的是,AAD的具體格式不限於圖5所示,例如,AAD中的位址4可以為可選地,本申請對AAD的具體格式不進行限定。It should be noted that the specific format of the AAD is not limited to that shown in FIG. 5 , for example, address 4 in the AAD may be optional, and this application does not limit the specific format of the AAD.

如圖6所示,MPDU可以包括如下一個或多個欄位:幀控制、時長(Duration)、位址1、位址2、位址3、序列控制、位址4、服務品質控制、高吞吐量控制(high throughput control,HT Control)、密碼塊鏈消息驗證碼協定協定頭(cipher-block chaining message authentication code protocol header,CCMP Header)、幀體(Frame Body)、消息完整性校驗(message intergrity code,MIC)、和幀校驗序列(frame check sequence,FCS)。As shown in Figure 6, the MPDU can include one or more of the following fields: frame control, duration (Duration), address 1, address 2, address 3, sequence control, address 4, service quality control, high Throughput control (high throughput control, HT Control), cipher-block chaining message authentication code protocol protocol header (cipher-block chaining message authentication code protocol header, CCMP Header), frame body (Frame Body), message integrity check (message intergrity code, MIC), and frame check sequence (frame check sequence, FCS).

具體地,位址1用於指示接收位址,位址2用於指示發送位址,位址3用於指示與接收端關聯的AP MLD的位址,或者與接收端關聯的AP(指AP MLD中的AP)的位址,或者發送端與接收端之間的鏈路關聯的AP(指AP MLD中的AP)的位址。Specifically, address 1 is used to indicate the receiving address, address 2 is used to indicate the sending address, and address 3 is used to indicate the address of the AP MLD associated with the receiving end, or the AP associated with the receiving end (referring to AP The address of the AP in the MLD), or the address of the AP (referring to the AP in the MLD) associated with the link between the sender and the receiver.

如圖6所示,MPDU報頭可以包括:幀控制、時長、位址1、位址2、位址3、序列控制、位址4、服務品質控制、和高吞吐量控制。發送端會根據AAD和MPDU幀體計算出MIC,並放置到幀體之後,然後再對MPDU幀體和MIC進行加密傳輸。接收端接收到MPDU後,進行MIC校驗,計算出一個MIC,然後對比計算出的MIC與接收到的MIC是否相同,從而知道MPDU是否被篡改。As shown in FIG. 6, the MPDU header may include: Frame Control, Duration, Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Sequence Control, Address 4, Quality of Service Control, and High Throughput Control. The sender will calculate the MIC based on the AAD and MPDU frame body, place it after the frame body, and then encrypt and transmit the MPDU frame body and MIC. After receiving the MPDU, the receiving end performs MIC verification, calculates a MIC, and then compares whether the calculated MIC is the same as the received MIC, so as to know whether the MPDU has been tampered with.

需要說明的是,MPDU的具體格式不限於圖6所示,例如,MPDU中的位址4可以為可選地,本申請對MPDU的具體格式不進行限定。It should be noted that the specific format of the MPDU is not limited to that shown in FIG. 6 , for example, address 4 in the MPDU may be optional, and this application does not limit the specific format of the MPDU.

下面結合表2和表3對legecy STA與AP設備之間的資料幀和管理幀的位址設置進行闡述。AP設備可以包括一個隸屬AP。The address setting of the data frame and the management frame between the legacy STA and the AP device will be described below in conjunction with Table 2 and Table 3. AP devices may include a slave AP.

對於legacy STA與AP設備之間傳輸的資料幀和管理幀,MPDU 報頭中的位址1、位址2、位址3和位址4與AAD中的位址1、位址2、位址3和位址4對應保持一致,具體設置如表2和表3所示。For the data frame and management frame transmitted between the legacy STA and the AP device, the address 1, address 2, address 3, and address 4 in the MPDU header are the same as the address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the AAD. It should be consistent with address 4, and the specific settings are shown in Table 2 and Table 3.

示例性地,資料幀的MPDU 報頭中的位址1、位址2、位址3和位址4,以及AAD中的位址1、位址2、位址3和位址4如表2所示。表2中,發送至分散式系統(to distributed system,To DS)=0且和來自分散式系統(From DS)=0時,表示點對點 (Point-to-point,P2P),也就是直連鏈路,STA與STA之間進行通信。當To DS=0且From DS=1,則表示下行傳輸,即DS側向STA發送資訊。當To DS=1且From DS=0,則表示上行傳輸,即STA向DS側發送資訊。DA指目的位址(destination address,DA),SA指源位址(source address,SA),BSSID指示AP設備的的隸屬AP的位址。位址3和位址4的設置分為兩種示例:MAC層服務資料單元和短聚合MAC層服務資料單元案例(MAC service data unit and short aggregate MAC service data unit case,MSDU and Short A-MSDU case)、基本A-MSDU和動態A-MSDU案例(Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case)。Exemplarily, address 1, address 2, address 3 and address 4 in the MPDU header of the data frame, and address 1, address 2, address 3 and address 4 in the AAD are as shown in Table 2 Show. In Table 2, when sending to distributed system (To DS) = 0 and from distributed system (From DS) = 0, it means point-to-point (P2P), that is, direct chain communication between STAs. When To DS=0 and From DS=1, it means downlink transmission, that is, the DS side sends information to the STA. When To DS=1 and From DS=0, it means uplink transmission, that is, STA sends information to DS side. DA refers to the destination address (destination address, DA), SA refers to the source address (source address, SA), and BSSID refers to the address of the subordinate AP of the AP device. The settings of address 3 and address 4 are divided into two examples: MAC service data unit and short aggregate MAC service data unit case (MAC service data unit and short aggregate MAC service data unit case, MSDU and Short A-MSDU case ), Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case (Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case).

表2 To DS From DS 位址1 位址2 位址3 位址4 MSDU and Short A-MSDU case Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case MSDU and Short A-MSDU case Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case 0 0 RA=DA TA=SA BSSID BSSID N/A N/A 0 1 RA TA=BSSID SA BSSID N/A N/A 1 0 RA=BSSID TA DA BSSID N/A N/A 1 1 RA TA DA BSSID N/A BSSID Table 2 To DS From DS address 1 address 2 address 3 Address 4 MSDU and Short A-MSDU case Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case MSDU and Short A-MSDU case Basic A-MSDU and Dynamic A-MSDU case 0 0 RA=DA TA=SA BSSID BSSID N/A N/A 0 1 RA TA=BSSID SA BSSID N/A N/A 1 0 RA=BSSID TA DA BSSID N/A N/A 1 1 RA TA DA BSSID N/A BSSID

示例性地,管理幀的MPDU 報頭中的位址1、位址2、和位址3,以及AAD中的位址1、位址2、和位址3如表3所示。其中,STA MAC Address為legacy STA的位址,BSSID指示AP設備的的隸屬AP的位址。Exemplarily, address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the MPDU header of the management frame, and address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the AAD are shown in Table 3. Wherein, the STA MAC Address is the address of the legacy STA, and the BSSID indicates the address of the AP to which the AP device belongs.

表3 框架類型 方向(direction) 位址1 位址A2 位址3 管理幀(management frame) 上行 BSSID STA MAC Address BSSID 下行 STA MAC Address BSSID BSSID table 3 frame type direction address 1 Address A2 address 3 management frame Uplink BSSID STA MAC Address BSSID downlink STA MAC Address BSSID BSSID

下面結合表4和表5對Non-AP MLD與AP MLD之間的資料幀和管理幀的位址設置進行闡述。Non-AP MLD可以包括多個隸屬STA,AP MLD可以包括多個隸屬AP。The address setting of the data frame and the management frame between the Non-AP MLD and the AP MLD will be described below in conjunction with Table 4 and Table 5. The Non-AP MLD may include multiple affiliated STAs, and the AP MLD may include multiple affiliated APs.

示例性地,對於Non-AP MLD與AP MLD之間傳輸的資料幀,AAD中的位址1、位址2、位址3的具體設置如表4所示。對於資料幀,在構建AAD時,位址1、位址2分別設置為相應的設備位址。在MSDU情況下,對於上行資料,位址3設置為目的位址;對於下行資料,位址3設置為源位址。而在A-MSDU情況下,位址3設置為AP MLD的位址。當在空口傳輸時,MPDU報頭中的位址1和位址2分別設置為相應的鏈路位址,MPDU報頭中的位址3的設置與AAD中的位址3相同。Exemplarily, for data frames transmitted between the Non-AP MLD and the AP MLD, the specific settings of address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the AAD are shown in Table 4. For data frames, when constructing AAD, address 1 and address 2 are respectively set as corresponding device addresses. In the case of MSDU, for uplink data, address 3 is set as the destination address; for downlink data, address 3 is set as the source address. In the case of A-MSDU, address 3 is set as the address of the AP MLD. When transmitting over the air interface, address 1 and address 2 in the MPDU header are respectively set to the corresponding link addresses, and address 3 in the MPDU header is set to be the same as address 3 in the AAD.

表4 框架類型 方向 位址1 位址A2 位址3 MSDU A-MSDU MLD之間的資料幀 上行 AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address DA AP MLD MAC Address 下行 Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address SA AP MLD MAC Address Table 4 frame type direction address 1 Address A2 address 3 MSDUs A-MSDU Data frames between MLDs Uplink AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address DA AP MLD MAC Address downlink Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address SA AP MLD MAC Address

示例性地,對於Non-AP MLD與AP MLD之間傳輸的管理幀,AAD中的位址1、位址2、和位址3的具體設置如表5所示。Exemplarily, for the management frame transmitted between the Non-AP MLD and the AP MLD, specific settings of address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the AAD are shown in Table 5.

值得注意的是,在多鏈路情況下,管理幀可以分為鏈路級(link-level)管理幀和設備級(MLD-level)管理幀。其中,Link-level管理幀指該管理幀是針對某條具體的鏈路,例如通道切換請求/回應幀。MLD-level的管理幀是針對整個多鏈路設備的,例如增加塊確認(Add block ACK,ADDBA)幀。It is worth noting that in the case of multiple links, management frames can be divided into link-level (link-level) management frames and device-level (MLD-level) management frames. Wherein, the Link-level management frame means that the management frame is for a specific link, such as a channel switching request/response frame. The MLD-level management frame is for the entire multi-link device, such as an Add block ACK (ADDBA) frame.

表5 框架類型 方向 位址1 位址A2 位址3 MLD-level管理幀 上行 AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address 下行 Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Link-level管理幀 上行 AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address Affiliated AP BSSID 下行 Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Affiliated AP BSSID table 5 frame type direction address 1 Address A2 address 3 MLD-level management frame Uplink AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address downlink Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Link-level management frame Uplink AP MLD MAC Address Non-AP MLD MAC Address Affiliated AP BSSID downlink Non-AP MLD MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Affiliated AP BSSID

對於上述管理幀的AAD中的位址1、位址2、和位址3的設置規則以及在空口傳輸時MPDU報頭中的位址1、位址2、和位址3的設置規則如下:對於位址1和位址2,在構建AAD時,位址1和位址2設置為相應MLD的位址;在空口傳輸時,MPDU Header中的位址1和位址2會替換為相應的鏈路位址。對於位址3,管理幀為link-level管理幀時,AAD中的A3設置為目的鏈路對應的隸屬(Affiliated) AP位址;在空口傳輸時,MPDU報頭中的A3與AAD中的A3相同。對於MLD-level管理幀,AAD中的A3設置為AP MLD的位址;在空口傳輸時,MPDU Header中的A3與AAD中的A3相同。The setting rules for address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the AAD of the above-mentioned management frame and the setting rules for address 1, address 2, and address 3 in the MPDU header during air interface transmission are as follows: Address 1 and address 2, when constructing AAD, address 1 and address 2 are set to the address of the corresponding MLD; when transmitting over the air interface, address 1 and address 2 in the MPDU Header will be replaced with the corresponding link road address. For address 3, when the management frame is a link-level management frame, A3 in AAD is set to the affiliated (Affiliated) AP address corresponding to the destination link; when transmitting over the air interface, A3 in the MPDU header is the same as A3 in AAD . For MLD-level management frames, A3 in AAD is set to the address of the AP MLD; during air interface transmission, A3 in MPDU Header is the same as A3 in AAD.

下面將結合圖7-圖17對本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法進行具體闡述。The direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7-17 .

示例性地,圖7為本申請實施例提供的一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖。以第一設備作為TDLS發起端為例進行闡述。該直連鏈路定址方法可以適用於圖1所示的STA設備與non-AP MLD2之間、或者non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2之間的通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The description is made by taking the first device as the TDLS initiator as an example. The direct link addressing method may be applicable to the communication between the STA device and the non-AP MLD2 shown in FIG. 1 , or the communication between the non-AP MLD1 and the non-AP MLD2.

如圖7所示,該直連鏈路定址方法包括如下步驟:As shown in Figure 7, the direct link addressing method includes the following steps:

S701,第一設備確定被保護資料。S701. The first device determines protected data.

示例性地,第一設備可以包括一個或多個站點STA,第一設備與第三設備連接,第三設備可以包括多個AP。當第一設備包括一個STA時,第一設備可以為圖1中示出的STA設備,該STA設備可以稱為傳統(legacy)STA,為了便於理解,本申請下述實施例中以legacy STA為例進行闡述。當第一設備包括多個STA時,第一設備可以為圖1中示出的non-AP MLD1。第三設備可以為圖1中示出的AP MLD。Exemplarily, the first device may include one or more STAs, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device may include multiple APs. When the first device includes an STA, the first device may be the STA device shown in FIG. 1, and the STA device may be called a legacy (legacy) STA. For ease of understanding, the following embodiments of this application refer to the legacy STA as example to explain. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first device may be the non-AP MLD1 shown in FIG. 1 . The third device may be the AP MLD shown in FIG. 1 .

其中,被保護資料可以包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。Wherein, the protected data may include the first address, the second address and the third address.

示例性地,被保護資料可以為圖5中示出的AAD,第一位址可以為AAD中的位址1,第二位址可以為AAD中的位址2,第三位址可以為AAD中的位址3。Exemplarily, the protected data may be AAD shown in FIG. 5, the first address may be address 1 in AAD, the second address may be address 2 in AAD, and the third address may be AAD Address 3 in .

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備可以包括多個STA,第二設備可以為圖1中示出的non-AP MLD2。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device. The second device is connected to the third device, and the second device may include multiple STAs, and the second device may be the non-AP MLD2 shown in FIG. 1 .

示例性地,結合圖8,以第一設備為legacy STA,第二設備為non-AP MLD2,第三設備為AP MLD為例。如圖8所示,AP MLD包括AP1、AP2、和AP3,legacy STA與AP MLD的AP1連接,non-AP MLD2的STA1和STA2分別與AP MLD的AP1和AP2連接,則如表6所示,第一位址為non-AP MLD2的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address,第二位址為legacy STA的位址,如legacy STA MAC Address,第三位址為AP1的位址,如AP1的BSSID。For example, referring to FIG. 8 , it is assumed that the first device is a legacy STA, the second device is a non-AP MLD2, and the third device is an AP MLD. As shown in Figure 8, AP MLD includes AP1, AP2, and AP3, legacy STA is connected to AP1 of AP MLD, STA1 and STA2 of non-AP MLD2 are respectively connected to AP1 and AP2 of AP MLD, as shown in Table 6, The first address is the address of non-AP MLD2, such as non-AP MLD2 MAC Address, the second address is the address of legacy STA, such as legacy STA MAC Address, and the third address is the address of AP1, such as AP1 The BSSID.

表6 場景 被保護資料 第一位址 第二位址 第三位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 6 Scenes protected data first address second address third address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the address of the third device .

表7 場景 被保護資料 第一位址 第二位址 第三位址 (non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address non-AP MLD1 MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Table 7 Scenes protected data first address second address third address (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address non-AP MLD1 MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address

示例性地,結合圖9,以第一設備為non-AP MLD1,第二設備為non-AP MLD2,第三設備為AP MLD為例。如圖9所示,AP MLD包括AP1、AP2、和AP3,non-AP MLD1的STA1和STA2分別與AP MLD的AP1和AP3連接,non-AP MLD2的STA1和STA2分別與AP MLD的AP1和AP2連接,則如上述表7所示,第一位址為non-AP MLD2的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address,第二位址為non-AP MLD1的位址,如non-AP MLD1 MAC Address,第三位址為AP MLD的位址,如AP MLD MAC Address。For example, referring to FIG. 9 , it is assumed that the first device is non-AP MLD1 , the second device is non-AP MLD2 , and the third device is AP MLD. As shown in Figure 9, AP MLD includes AP1, AP2, and AP3. STA1 and STA2 of non-AP MLD1 are connected to AP1 and AP3 of AP MLD respectively, and STA1 and STA2 of non-AP MLD2 are connected to AP1 and AP2 of AP MLD respectively. Connection, as shown in Table 7 above, the first address is the address of non-AP MLD2, such as non-AP MLD2 MAC Address, and the second address is the address of non-AP MLD1, such as non-AP MLD1 MAC Address, the third address is the address of AP MLD, such as AP MLD MAC Address.

需要說明的是,圖8和圖9僅為本申請實施例提供的示例,不對non-AP MLD2包括的STA的數量和AP MLD包括的AP的數量進行限定,不對non-AP MLD2與AP MLD如何連接,以及legacy STA與AP MLD如何連接進行限定。It should be noted that FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are only examples provided by the embodiment of the present application, and do not limit the number of STAs included in the non-AP MLD2 and the number of APs included in the AP MLD, and do not specify how the non-AP MLD2 and the AP MLD Connection, and how to connect legacy STA and AP MLD are defined.

S702,第一設備發送第一資料單元。相應地,第二設備接收來自第一設備的第一資料單元。S702. The first device sends a first data unit. Correspondingly, the second device receives the first data unit from the first device.

其中,第一資料單元可以包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。Wherein, the first data unit may include a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the second device.

示例性地,第一資料單元可以為圖6中示出的MPDU,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭。Exemplarily, the first data unit may be the MPDU shown in FIG. 6 , and the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 .

結合圖9所示,可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的鏈路1傳輸第一資料單元,不需要通過第二設備轉發,從而降低傳輸時延。As shown in FIG. 9 , the first data unit can be transmitted through the link 1 between the first device and the second device without being forwarded by the second device, thereby reducing the transmission delay.

可選地,在上述S702中第一設備發送第一資料單元之前或過程中,可以確定第一資料單元,具體地,可以採用下述方式1至方式4中的一項或多項。Optionally, before or during the sending of the first data unit by the first device in S702 above, the first data unit may be determined. Specifically, one or more of the following ways 1 to 4 may be adopted.

方式1,第一設備確定第一資料單元的第一報頭。Mode 1, the first device determines the first header of the first data unit.

可選地,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。Optionally, the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

示例性地,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭。第四位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址1,第五位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址2,第六位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址3。Exemplarily, the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 . The fourth address may be address 1 in the MPDU header, the fifth address may be address 2 in the MPDU header, and the sixth address may be address 3 in the MPDU header.

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the first AP of the third device address.

示例性地,結合圖8,以第一設備為legacy STA,第二設備為non-AP MLD2,第三設備為AP MLD為例。如圖8所示,AP MLD包括AP1、AP2、和AP3,legacy STA與AP MLD的AP1連接,non-AP MLD2的STA1和STA2分別與AP MLD的AP1和AP2連接。當第一設備向第二設備發送第一資料單元時,第一資料單元中位址設置如表8所示,第四位址為non-AP MLD2的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address,第五位址為legacy STA的位址,如legacy STA MAC Address,第六位址為AP1的位址,如AP1的BSSID。For example, referring to FIG. 8 , it is assumed that the first device is a legacy STA, the second device is a non-AP MLD2, and the third device is an AP MLD. As shown in Figure 8, the AP MLD includes AP1, AP2, and AP3, the legacy STA is connected to AP1 of the AP MLD, and STA1 and STA2 of the non-AP MLD2 are respectively connected to AP1 and AP2 of the AP MLD. When the first device sends the first data unit to the second device, the address in the first data unit is set as shown in Table 8, and the fourth address is the address of non-AP MLD2, such as non-AP MLD2 MAC Address, The fifth address is the address of the legacy STA, such as the legacy STA MAC Address, and the sixth address is the address of the AP1, such as the BSSID of the AP1.

第一報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址可分別與被保護資料的第一位址、第二位址和第三位址相同。The fourth address, fifth address and sixth address of the first header may be the same as the first address, second address and third address of the protected data respectively.

表8 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 8 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the second device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA of the first device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the device, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link The link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

示例性地,結合圖9和圖10,以第一設備為non-AP MLD1,第二設備為non-AP MLD2,第三設備為AP MLD為例。如圖9所示,第一設備與第三設備之間建立了鏈路1-1和鏈路3,第二設備和第三設備之間建立了鏈路1-2和鏈路2。如圖10所示non-AP MLD1的STA1與non-AP MLD2的STA1連接,對應直連鏈路1,當第一設備向第二設備發送第一資料單元時,第一資料單元中位址設置如表9所示,第四位址為non-AP MLD2的STA1的位址,如Affiliated STA 1 MAC Address of non-AP MLD 2 ;第五位址為non-AP MLD1的STA1的位址,如Affiliated STA 1 MAC Address of non-AP MLD 1;第六位址為與鏈路1對應的AP1的位址,如AP MLD的Affiliated AP1 BSSID、或AP MLD的affiliated AP1 MAC address。For example, referring to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , it is assumed that the first device is non-AP MLD1 , the second device is non-AP MLD2 , and the third device is AP MLD. As shown in FIG. 9 , link 1-1 and link 3 are established between the first device and the third device, and link 1-2 and link 2 are established between the second device and the third device. As shown in Figure 10, STA1 of non-AP MLD1 is connected to STA1 of non-AP MLD2, corresponding to direct link 1. When the first device sends the first data unit to the second device, the address in the first data unit is set As shown in Table 9, the fourth address is the address of STA1 of non-AP MLD2, such as Affiliated STA 1 MAC Address of non-AP MLD 2; the fifth address is the address of STA1 of non-AP MLD1, such as Affiliated STA 1 MAC Address of non-AP MLD 1; the sixth address is the address of AP1 corresponding to link 1, such as Affiliated AP1 BSSID of AP MLD, or affiliated AP1 MAC address of AP MLD.

需要說明的是,當第一設備和第二設備之間存在多條直連鏈路時,第一直連鏈路可以為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路中傳輸第一資料單元的直連鏈路。It should be noted that when there are multiple direct links between the first device and the second device, the first direct link may be the direct link between the first device and the second device to transmit the first A direct link to a data unit.

表9 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 的affiliated STA1 MAC address non-AP MLD1 的affiliated STA1 MAC address AP MLD的Affiliated AP1 BSSID Table 9 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD2 Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD1 Affiliated AP1 BSSID of AP MLD

方式2,第一設備確定第一資料單元的第一元素。Mode 2, the first device determines the first element of the first data unit.

具體地,第一資料單元可以包括TDLS幀,TDLS幀包括第一元素。第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識(ID)或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,第一元素可以設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID。Specifically, the first data unit may include a TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame includes a first element. The first element may be used to indicate an identification (ID) of the target link or an address of an AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS通道切換請求幀或TDLS通道切換回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS channel switching request frame or a TDLS channel switching response frame.

假設第三設備包括AP1、AP2和AP3,AP2與目標鏈路對應,則第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址為第三設備的AP2的位址,即AP MLD的Affiliated AP2 BSSID。Assuming that the third device includes AP1, AP2, and AP3, and AP2 corresponds to the target link, the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device is the address of AP2 of the third device, that is, AP MLD Affiliated AP2 BSSID.

可選地,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。Optionally, the target link is a second direct link applied by the TDLS frame, and the second direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

假設第一設備和第二設備之間存在直連鏈路1和直連鏈路2,TDLS幀為TDLS通道切換請求幀和TDLS通道切換回應幀,該TDLS通道切換請求/回應幀對應的目標鏈路為直連鏈路2,則可根據TDLS通道切換請求/回應幀對應的第一元素,將直連鏈路2從當前所在通道切換到指定通道上。Assuming that there are direct link 1 and direct link 2 between the first device and the second device, the TDLS frame is a TDLS channel switching request frame and a TDLS channel switching response frame, and the target link corresponding to the TDLS channel switching request/response frame If the path is the direct link 2, the direct link 2 can be switched from the current channel to the designated channel according to the first element corresponding to the TDLS channel switching request/response frame.

在多鏈路TDLS場景下,通過利用第一元素來指示目標鏈路,TDLS Channel Switch Request/Response可以通過任意一條直連鏈路進行傳輸,不是必須在想要切換的目標鏈路上傳輸,可以提高傳輸靈活性。In a multi-link TDLS scenario, by using the first element to indicate the target link, the TDLS Channel Switch Request/Response can be transmitted through any direct link, not necessarily on the target link to be switched, which can improve Transport flexibility.

可選地,第一元素可以為上述圖4中示出的鏈路標識元素(Link Identifier element),或者為一個新定義的元素。在一些實施例中,可以採用第一元素中的第一欄位指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,第一欄位可以為Link Identifier element的BSSID欄位。Optionally, the first element may be the link identifier element (Link Identifier element) shown in FIG. 4 above, or a newly defined element. In some embodiments, the first field in the first element may be used to indicate the identifier of the target link or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device. For example, the first field may be the BSSID field of the Link Identifier element.

方式3,第一設備確定第一資料單元的第二元素。Mode 3, the first device determines the second element of the first data unit.

具體地,第一資料單元可以包括TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。Specifically, the first data unit may include a TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wake-up scheduling element and a second element. The offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element is used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third device's An address of an AP among the multiple APs corresponding to the third direct link, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

假設第一設備和第二設備之間存在直連鏈路1和直連鏈路2,第三設備包括AP1、AP2和AP3,直連鏈路1對應AP1,直連鏈路2對應AP2,喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于直連鏈路2的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,則第二元素用於指示直連鏈路2的標識或者第三設備的AP2的位址,如AP MLD的Affiliated AP2 BSSID。Suppose there are direct link 1 and direct link 2 between the first device and the second device, the third device includes AP1, AP2 and AP3, direct link 1 corresponds to AP1, direct link 2 corresponds to AP2, wake up The offset field in the scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the direct link 2, and the second element is used to indicate the identity of the direct link 2 or the AP2 of the third device. Address, such as Affiliated AP2 BSSID of AP MLD.

AP MLD的不同隸屬AP可以具有獨立的定時同步功能(timing synchronization function,TSF),如此,通過第二元素指示的標識或位址,可以獲得喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對於哪條直連鏈路的TSF。Different subordinate APs of the AP MLD may have independent timing synchronization functions (timing synchronization function, TSF), so, through the identifier or address indicated by the second element, it is possible to obtain the relative value of the offset field in the wake-up scheduling element. TSF of the direct link.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和TDLS對端節能管理回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame and a TDLS peer energy saving management response frame.

如此,當TDLS發起端和回應端交換TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和TDLS對端節能管理回應幀後,可以根據TDLS對端節能管理請求幀和/或TDLS對端節能管理回應幀中攜帶的喚醒調度元素週期性地喚醒並收發資料,從而可以節省功耗。另外,通過指示偏移量欄位相對的第三直連鏈路,可以實現在多鏈路TDLS場景下TDLS Peer PSM Request/Response通過任意一條直連鏈路進行傳輸,且端能正確解析喚醒調度元素,可以提高傳輸靈活性。In this way, after the TDLS initiator and responder exchange the TDLS peer energy saving management request frame and the TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, the wakeup The scheduling element wakes up periodically and sends and receives data, thereby saving power. In addition, by indicating the third direct link relative to the offset field, the TDLS Peer PSM Request/Response can be transmitted through any direct link in a multi-link TDLS scenario, and the end can correctly analyze the wake-up schedule element, which can improve transmission flexibility.

可選地,第二元素可以為上述圖4中示出的鏈路標識元素(Link Identifier element),或者為一個新定義的元素。在一些實施例中,可以採用第二元素中的第一欄位指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,第一欄位可以為Link Identifier element的BSSID欄位。Optionally, the second element may be the link identifier element (Link Identifier element) shown in FIG. 4 above, or a newly defined element. In some embodiments, the first field in the second element may be used to indicate the identifier of the third direct link or the address of the AP corresponding to the third direct link among the multiple APs of the third device. For example, the first field may be the BSSID field of the Link Identifier element.

可選地,喚醒調度元素可以複用現有的喚醒調度元素,或者為一個新定義的元素。Optionally, the wakeup scheduling element may reuse an existing wakeup scheduling element, or be a newly defined element.

示例性地,結合圖11,喚醒調度元素(Wakeup Schedule element)可以包括如下一個或多個欄位:Element ID、Length、偏移量(Offset)、間隔(interval)、喚醒視窗時隙(Awake window Slots)、最大喚醒視窗持續時間(Maximum Awake Window Duration)、和空閒數(Idle Count)。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 11 , the wakeup schedule element (Wakeup Schedule element) may include one or more of the following fields: Element ID, Length, offset (Offset), interval (interval), wakeup window time slot (Awake window Slots), Maximum Awake Window Duration, and Idle Count.

其中,偏移量欄位可用於指示第一個喚醒視窗相對於TSF0的偏移量,TSF可以是一個計數器,該計數器存儲的數值表示時間數值。間隔欄位可用於指示兩個相鄰的喚醒窗口之間的時間間隔。喚醒視窗時隙欄位用於指示喚醒窗口的持續時間。最大喚醒視窗持續時間欄位用於指示喚醒視窗的最大持續時間。空閒數欄位用於指示TDLS對端刪除週期性醒來調度前,允許經歷的空閒喚醒視窗的個數。空閒喚醒視窗是指在該喚醒窗口沒有收到來自TDLS對端的單播幀。例如,若第一設備經歷空閒數欄位指示的數量的喚醒視窗的過程中,一直未收到來自第二設備的單播幀,則第二設備可將喚醒調度元素刪除。Wherein, the offset field can be used to indicate the offset of the first wake-up window relative to TSF0, and TSF can be a counter, and the value stored in the counter represents the time value. The Interval field can be used to indicate the time interval between two adjacent wakeup windows. The wakeup window time slot field is used to indicate the duration of the wakeup window. The maximum wakeup window duration field is used to indicate the maximum duration of the wakeup window. The idle count field is used to indicate the number of idle wake-up windows allowed to experience before the TDLS peer end deletes the periodic wake-up schedule. The idle wake-up window means that no unicast frame from the TDLS peer is received during the wake-up window. For example, if the first device has not received a unicast frame from the second device during the number of wake-up windows indicated by the idle number field, the second device may delete the wake-up scheduling element.

需要說明的是,方式2和方式3可以獨立使用,或結合使用,在結合使用時,第一元素和第二元素可以為同一元素,如第一元素,從而第一元素可用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址,且可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址。也就是說,目標鏈路和第三直連鏈路為同一條直連鏈路。It should be noted that mode 2 and mode 3 can be used independently or in combination. When used in combination, the first element and the second element can be the same element, such as the first element, so that the first element can be used to indicate the target link The identity of the third device or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device, and can be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third direct link among the multiple APs of the third device The address of the corresponding AP. That is to say, the target link and the third direct link are the same direct link.

下面針對不同的TDLS幀結合表10對上述鏈路標識元素,或者為一個新定義的元素設置方式進行闡述。也就是說,當TDLS幀為不同的幀時,鏈路標識元素,或者為一個新定義的元素,或者鏈路標識元素中的BSSID欄位,或者新定義的元素的第一欄位可能對應不同的設置內容。為了便於描述,下面將鏈路標識元素、新定義的元素、第一元素、第二元素統稱為第一元素。The link identification element above, or the setting method for a newly defined element will be described below in conjunction with Table 10 for different TDLS frames. That is to say, when the TDLS frame is a different frame, the link identification element, or a newly defined element, or the BSSID column in the link identification element, or the first column of the newly defined element may correspond to different setting content. For ease of description, the link identification element, the newly defined element, the first element, and the second element are collectively referred to as the first element below.

在一些場景中,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。例如,第一元素可以設置為傳輸鏈路對應的BSSID。In some scenarios, when the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the identification of the transmission link among the multiple APs of the third device that corresponds to the transmission link. The address of the AP, and the transmission link is the link that sends the TDLS discovery request frame. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID corresponding to the transmission link.

當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸鏈路對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。When the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the transmission link, or the address of the AP corresponding to the transmission link among the multiple APs of the third device, The transmission link is a link for sending TDLS discovery request frames.

表10 TDLS幀 傳輸方式 框架類型 注釋 第一元素 legacy STA與non-AP MLD2 non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2 TDLS發現請求幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為傳輸鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS發現回應幀 Direct 管理幀 允許主動發送; MLD-level 設置為TDLS發現請求幀的傳輸鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的BSSID(可以在任意一條公共鏈路上傳輸) TDLS建立請求幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 均設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID。且TDLS Setup Request/Response/confirm中BSSID保持不變 TDLS建立回應幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS建立確認幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS拆除幀 Both allowed 資料幀 MLD-level; 如果直連鏈路不可達,則通過AP轉發 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為AP MLD的MAC位址 TDLS通道切換請求幀 Direct 資料幀 Link-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS通道切換回應幀 Direct 資料幀 Link-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS對端節能管理請求幀 Both allowed 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為喚醒調度元素對應的第三直連鏈路的BSSID TDLS對端節能管理回應 Direct 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為喚醒調度元素對應的第三直連鏈路的BSSID TDLS對端流量指示幀 Via AP 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為第三設備的位址,如AP MLD的MAC位址 TDLS對端流量回應幀 Direct 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為第三設備的位址,如AP MLD的MAC位址 Table 10 TDLS frame transfer method frame type note first element legacy STA and non-AP MLD2 non-AP MLD1 and non-AP MLD2 TDLS discovery request frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the transmission link Set to the BSSID corresponding to the reference link TDLS Discovery Response Frame direct management frame Allow unsolicited sending; MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the transmission link of the TDLS discovery request frame Set as the BSSID corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame (it can be transmitted on any public link) TDLS setup request frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Both are set to the BSSID corresponding to the reference link. And the BSSID in TDLS Setup Request/Response/confirm remains unchanged TDLS establishment response frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located TDLS establishment confirmation frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located TDLS teardown frame Both allowed data frame MLD-level; If the direct link is unreachable, it will be forwarded by AP Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the MAC address of the AP MLD TDLS channel switching request frame direct data frame Link-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link TDLS channel switching response frame direct data frame Link-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link TDLS peer energy saving management request frame Both allowed data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID of the third direct link corresponding to the wake-up scheduling element TDLS Peer Energy Management Response direct data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID of the third direct link corresponding to the wake-up scheduling element TDLS peer traffic indication frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the address of the third device, such as the MAC address of the AP MLD TDLS peer traffic response frame direct data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the address of the third device, such as the MAC address of the AP MLD

也就是說,TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀對應的第一元素的設置內容可以與TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀對應的第一元素的設置內容相同。例如,第一元素可以設置為TDLS發現請求幀的傳輸鏈路對應的BSSID。That is to say, the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery response frame of the TDLS frame may be the same as the setting content of the first element corresponding to the TDLS discovery request frame of the TDLS frame. For example, the first element may be set as the BSSID corresponding to the transmission link of the TDLS discovery request frame.

當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素用於指示第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備對應的AP的位址,傳輸鏈路為發送TDLS發現請求幀的鏈路。例如,第一元素可以設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID。When the first device includes a STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the link between the first device and the third device, or the link between multiple APs of the third device and the third device An address of an AP corresponding to a device, and a transmission link is a link for sending a TDLS discovery request frame. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located.

當第一設備包括一個STA,TDLS幀為TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS拆除幀、TDLS通道切換請求幀、TDLS通道切換回應幀、TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、TDLS對端節能管理回應幀、TDLS對端流量指示幀或TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述當第一設備包括一個STA且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀時,第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。When the first device includes a STA, the TDLS frame is a TDLS setup response frame, a TDLS setup confirmation frame, a TDLS teardown frame, a TDLS channel switching request frame, a TDLS channel switching response frame, a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame, and a TDLS peer energy saving management frame. For the response frame, TDLS peer traffic indication frame or TDLS peer traffic response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the implementation of the first element when the first device includes a STA and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame. method, which will not be repeated here.

在另一些場景中,當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。可選地,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。例如,第一元素可以設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID。In other scenarios, when the first device includes multiple STAs and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the reference link among multiple APs of the third device and the reference link The address of the corresponding AP. Optionally, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element. For example, the first element may be set as the BSSID corresponding to the reference link.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現回應幀時,第一元素用於指示傳輸TDLS發現響應幀的公共鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,公共鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,公共鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與公共鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery response frame, the first element is used to indicate the identification of the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame, or the link between multiple APs of the third device and the transmission TDLS discovery response frame. The address of the AP corresponding to the public link of the response frame. Wherein, the public link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the third device associated with the STA of the first device corresponding to the public link The AP of the device is the same as the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the public link.

可選地,當第一設備包括多個STA時,可以在任意一條公共鏈路上傳輸TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the TDLS discovery response frame may be transmitted on any public link.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀或TDLS建立確認幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,第一元素可以設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS establishment request frame, a TDLS establishment response frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, the first element is used to indicate the identity of the reference link, or among multiple APs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the reference link. For example, the first element may be set as the BSSID corresponding to the reference link.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS拆除幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址,則可以表示拆除第一設備與第二設備之間的所有直連鏈路。例如,第一元素可以設置為AP MLD的MAC位址。或者,第一元素用於指示第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,某條直連鏈路對應的BSSID。示例性地,當第一元素設置為第一設備和第二設備之間某條直連鏈路對應affilaited AP的位址時,則表示拆除該直連鏈路,即後續不能再通過該直連鏈路收發資料。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS teardown frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device, which can indicate the removal of all direct links between the first device and the second device . For example, the first element may be set to the MAC address of the AP MLD. Or, the first element is used to indicate the address of the AP corresponding to the direct link between the first device and the second device among the multiple APs of the third device. For example, the BSSID corresponding to a direct link. For example, when the first element is set to the address of the affilaited AP corresponding to a direct link between the first device and the second device, it means that the direct link is removed, that is, the direct link cannot be passed through in the future. link to send and receive data.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS通道切換請求幀、或者TDLS通道切換回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述方式2,此處不再贅述。例如,第一元素可以設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS channel switching request frame or a TDLS channel switching response frame, the specific implementation manner of the first element may refer to the above-mentioned method 2, which will not be repeated here. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端節能管理請求幀、或者TDLS對端節能管理回應幀時,第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述方式3,此處不再贅述。例如,第一元素可以設置成喚醒調度元素對應的第三直連鏈路的BSSID。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer energy saving management request frame or a TDLS peer energy saving management response frame, the specific implementation of the first element can refer to the above method 3, which will not be repeated here. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID of the third direct link corresponding to the wake-up scheduling element.

當第一設備包括多個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS對端流量指示幀、或者TDLS對端流量回應幀時,第一元素用於指示第三設備的位址。例如,第一元素可以設置為AP MLD的MAC位址。When the first device includes multiple STAs, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS peer traffic indication frame or a TDLS peer traffic response frame, the first element is used to indicate the address of the third device. For example, the first element may be set to the MAC address of the AP MLD.

下面對參考鏈路、傳輸鏈路以及公共鏈路進行具體闡述。The reference link, the transmission link and the public link are described in detail below.

參考鏈路(Reference Link):MPDU的幀體攜帶有Multi-link element時,則Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路稱為參考鏈路。例如,MPDU的具體格式可以參照圖6所示,Multi-link element的具體格式可以參照圖3或圖12所示,Link Identifier Element的具體格式可以參照圖4所示。Reference Link: When the MPDU frame body carries a Multi-link element, the link indicated by the BSSID field in the Link Identifier Element is called a reference link. For example, the specific format of the MPDU may refer to FIG. 6 , the specific format of the Multi-link element may refer to FIG. 3 or 12 , and the specific format of the Link Identifier Element may refer to FIG. 4 .

具體地,對於多鏈路TDLS的建立,當第一設備包括多個STA時,則可能需要在以下TDLS行動幀中攜帶Multi-link element,如TDLS Setup Request/Response, TDLS Discovery Request/Response。TDLS發起端和回應端成功交換TDLS Discovery Request/Response幀後,non-AP MLD會知道對端是不是MLD。如果當TDLS發起端和響應端都是MLD時,可以在隨後的TDLS Setup Request/Response幀中攜帶Multi-link element。Specifically, for the establishment of multi-link TDLS, when the first device includes multiple STAs, it may be necessary to carry the Multi-link element in the following TDLS action frames, such as TDLS Setup Request/Response, TDLS Discovery Request/Response. After the TDLS initiator and responder successfully exchange TDLS Discovery Request/Response frames, the non-AP MLD will know whether the peer is an MLD. If both the TDLS initiator and responder are MLDs, the Multi-link element can be carried in the subsequent TDLS Setup Request/Response frame.

圖12為本申請實施例提供的另一種Multi-link element的幀結構示意圖。如圖12所示, Type子欄位設置為TDLS所對應的編號。透明傳輸/非透明傳輸(Transparent/non-transparent)比特指示non-AP MLD所採用的位址模式。當位址模式為Transparent時,表示non-AP MLD的鏈路位址與non-AP MLD位址相同;當位址模式為non-transparent時,表示non-AP MLD對應的不同鏈路使用不同的鏈路位址,且non-APMLD位址與non-AP MLD的鏈路位址不同。這時,需要在每個Per-STA Profile的開始處指示對應的鏈路ID和affiliated STA所使用的位址,即鏈路位址。MLD MAC Address欄位始終設置為AP MLD 的MAC位址。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of another Multi-link element provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the Type subfield is set to the number corresponding to TDLS. The transparent transmission/non-transparent transmission (Transparent/non-transparent) bit indicates the address mode adopted by the non-AP MLD. When the address mode is Transparent, it means that the link address of the non-AP MLD is the same as the address of the non-AP MLD; when the address mode is non-transparent, it means that different links corresponding to the non-AP MLD use different The link address of the non-APMLD is different from the link address of the non-AP MLD. At this time, it is necessary to indicate the corresponding link ID and the address used by the affiliated STA, that is, the link address, at the beginning of each Per-STA Profile. The MLD MAC Address field is always set to the MAC address of the AP MLD.

幀體的具體格式可參照圖13所示。幀體可以包括參考鏈路的資訊(如Element ID#1、Element ID#2等)和其他鏈路的資訊(Multi-link element)。例如,結合圖3或圖12,其他鏈路的資訊可攜帶在Multi-link element中的Per-STA Profile中。Refer to Figure 13 for the specific format of the frame body. The frame body may include reference link information (such as Element ID #1, Element ID #2, etc.) and other link information (Multi-link element). For example, referring to FIG. 3 or FIG. 12 , the information of other links can be carried in the Per-STA Profile in the Multi-link element.

傳輸鏈路(Transmitting Link):是指該幀是在哪條鏈路上發送的,對應的鏈路就稱為傳輸鏈路。假設在鏈路1上發送TDLS幀,則鏈路1稱為傳輸鏈路。Transmission link (Transmitting Link): refers to the link on which the frame is sent, and the corresponding link is called the transmission link. Assuming that TDLS frames are sent on Link 1, Link 1 is called a transmission link.

對於被封裝成管理幀直接傳輸的TDLS幀(例如TDLS Discovery Response),傳輸鏈路即為參考鏈路。具體地,在發送管理幀時,通常要求傳輸鏈路和參考鏈路保持一致。比如,發起端在鏈路1上發送多鏈路關聯請求幀,那麼回應端也需要在鏈路1上回多鏈路關聯回應幀。For TDLS frames encapsulated into management frames (such as TDLS Discovery Response) that are directly transmitted, the transmission link is the reference link. Specifically, when sending a management frame, it is generally required that the transmission link and the reference link be consistent. For example, if the initiating end sends a multi-link association request frame on link 1, then the responding end also needs to return a multi-link association response frame on link 1.

對於封裝成資料幀的TDLS幀,傳輸鏈路與參考鏈路可能不相同。具體地,在發送資料幀時,傳輸鏈路可以為任意一條鏈路,也就是說,可以在任意一條鏈路上發送資料幀,從而傳輸鏈路與參考鏈路可能相同,或者不相同。For TDLS frames encapsulated into data frames, the transmission link may be different from the reference link. Specifically, when sending the data frame, the transmission link may be any link, that is, the data frame may be sent on any link, so the transmission link may be the same as or different from the reference link.

示例性地,發送資料幀的方式可以包括:一種可能是按照管理幀發送要求發送資料幀,即在哪條鏈路上發,就在哪條鏈路上回。同時Transmitting link和reference link保持一致。另外一種可能性是按照資料幀的發送要求,即在任意一條鏈路上發。例如TDLS Setup Request 在link 1上發,而TDLS Setup Response在link 2上回。這時,也不要求Transmitting link和reference link保持一致。Exemplarily, the manner of sending the data frame may include: one possibility is to send the data frame according to the sending requirement of the management frame, that is, send it on which link, and send it back on that link. At the same time, the Transmitting link and the reference link are consistent. Another possibility is to send data frames on any link. For example, TDLS Setup Request is sent on link 1, and TDLS Setup Response is sent back on link 2. At this time, it is not required that the Transmitting link and the reference link be consistent.

公共鏈路(Common Link):與同一個隸屬AP關聯的兩個STA(STA指legacy STA或non-AP MLD的隸屬STA)對應的直連鏈路可稱為公共鏈路。對於(legacy STA, MLD)場景,legacy STA所關聯的鏈路即為公共鏈路。對於(non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2)場景,可能存在多條common Link。Common Link: The direct link corresponding to two STAs associated with the same AP (STA refers to a legacy STA or a non-AP MLD’s STA) can be called a common link. For the (legacy STA, MLD) scenario, the link associated with the legacy STA is the public link. For (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) scenarios, there may be multiple common links.

例如,假設AP MLD對應有鏈路1、鏈路2和鏈路3,non-AP MLD1與AP MLD之間建立了鏈路1和鏈路2,non-AP MLD2與AP MLD之間建立了鏈路1和鏈路3。其中,non-AP MLD1的STA1和non-AP MLD2的STA1均與AP MLD的AP1關聯,對應鏈路1。non-AP MLD1的STA2與AP MLD的AP2關聯,對應鏈路2。non-AP MLD2的STA3與AP MLD的AP3關聯,對應鏈路3。建立直連鏈路1和直連鏈路2,並且non-AP MLD1的STA1與non-AP MLD2的STA1對應直連鏈路1,non-AP MLD1的STA2與non-AP MLD2的STA3對應直連鏈路2,則直連鏈路1可稱為公共鏈路。For example, suppose AP MLD has link 1, link 2, and link 3, link 1 and link 2 are established between non-AP MLD1 and AP MLD, and link 1 and link 2 are established between non-AP MLD2 and AP MLD. Road 1 and Link 3. Wherein, STA1 of non-AP MLD1 and STA1 of non-AP MLD2 are associated with AP1 of AP MLD, corresponding to link 1. STA2 of non-AP MLD1 is associated with AP2 of AP MLD, which corresponds to link 2. STA3 of non-AP MLD2 is associated with AP3 of AP MLD, corresponding to link 3. Establish direct link 1 and direct link 2, and STA1 of non-AP MLD1 and STA1 of non-AP MLD2 correspond to direct link 1, and STA2 of non-AP MLD1 and STA3 of non-AP MLD2 correspond to direct connection Link 2, the direct link 1 can be called a public link.

方式4,第一設備確定第一資料單元的第三元素。Mode 4, the first device determines the third element of the first data unit.

可選地,第一資料單元可以包括第三元素,第三元素可以用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路。第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路可以包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。Optionally, the first data unit may include a third element, and the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth direct link is established on the first link. The first link is a common link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the first link may include at least one fourth direct link.

也是就說,第一鏈路可以為第一設備與第三設備、第二設備與第三設備之間的公共鏈路,第一鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP與第一鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP相同。如此,第一設備與第二設備可以在公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路,以提高資料傳輸速率。That is to say, the first link can be a public link between the first device and the third device, between the second device and the third device, and the STA of the first device corresponding to the first link is associated with the AP of the third device The AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the first link is the same. In this way, the first device and the second device can establish a direct link on the public link to increase the data transmission rate.

在一些實施例中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位。其中,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第四直連鏈路的數量。如此,通過指示建立第四直連鏈路的數量,可以實現在第一鏈路的部分或全部鏈路上建立第四直連鏈路,提高直連鏈路建立的靈活性。In some embodiments, the third element may include a direct link quantity field and a direct link identifier field. Wherein, the field of the number of direct links may be used to indicate the number of fourth direct links requested to be established. In this way, by indicating the quantity of the fourth direct link to be established, the fourth direct link can be established on part or all of the first link, thereby improving the flexibility of establishment of the direct link.

具體地,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址、或者至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識。換句話說,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的BSSID、或者至少一條第四直連鏈路的link ID。如此,可以指示在哪些鏈路上建立直連鏈路。Specifically, the direct link identifier field may include the address of at least one AP among the multiple APs of the third device corresponding to at least one fourth direct link, or the address of at least one fourth direct link. logo. In other words, the direct link identifier field may include the BSSID of at least one AP among the multiple APs of the third device corresponding to at least one fourth direct link, or the ID of at least one fourth direct link. link ID. In this way, it is possible to indicate on which links to establish direct links.

需要說明的是,本申請實施例中“AP的MAC位址”、“AP的BSSID”、和“AP的位址”,在不強調其區別時,可以表達相同的含義。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, "the MAC address of the AP", "the BSSID of the AP", and "the address of the AP" may express the same meaning when the differences are not emphasized.

或者,可選地,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。也就是說,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括直連鏈路兩端的隸屬STA的位址,如第一STA的MAC位址、第二STA的MAC位址。Or, optionally, the direct link identifier field may include the address of the first STA of the first device and the address of the second STA of the second device. That is to say, the direct link identifier field may include the addresses of the affiliated STAs at both ends of the direct link, such as the MAC address of the first STA and the MAC address of the second STA.

或者,可選地,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第四直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址、或者至少一條第四直連鏈路的標識,以及第一設備的第一STA的位址和第二設備的第二STA的位址。Or, optionally, the direct link identification field may include the address of at least one AP among the multiple APs of the third device corresponding to at least one fourth direct link, or at least one fourth direct link The identifier of the link, and the address of the first STA of the first device and the address of the second STA of the second device.

方式4中的上述第三元素是以在公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路的場景進行闡述的,在一種可能的設計方案中,第一設備和第二設備之間可以在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路。當在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路時,第三元素的實現的方式與在公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路的場景對應的第三元素的具體實現方式類似。The above third element in mode 4 is described in the scenario of establishing a direct link on a public link. In a possible design solution, the first device and the second device can establish a direct link on a non-public link. link link. When a direct link is established on a non-public link, the implementation manner of the third element is similar to the specific implementation manner of the third element corresponding to the scenario of establishing a direct link on a public link.

示例性地,第三元素可以用於指示在第二鏈路上建立至少一條第五直連鏈路。第二鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的不相同的鏈路,第二鏈路可以包括至少一條第五直連鏈路。Exemplarily, the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fifth direct link is established on the second link. The second link is a different link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the second link may include at least one fifth direct link road.

也是就說,第二鏈路可以為第一設備與第三設備、第二設備與第三設備之間的非公共鏈路,第二鏈路對應的第一設備的STA關聯的第三設備的AP與第二鏈路對應的第二設備的STA關聯的第三設備的 AP不相同。如此,第一設備與第二設備可以在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路,以提高資料傳輸速率。That is to say, the second link may be a non-public link between the first device and the third device, or between the second device and the third device, and the second link corresponds to the link of the third device associated with the STA of the first device. The AP is different from the AP of the third device associated with the STA of the second device corresponding to the second link. In this way, the first device and the second device can establish a direct link on the non-public link to increase the data transmission rate.

在一些實施例中,第三元素可以包括直連鏈路數量欄位和直連鏈路識別字欄位。其中,直連鏈路數量欄位可用于指示請求建立的第五直連鏈路的數量。如此,通過指示建立第五直連鏈路的數量,可以實現在第二鏈路的部分或全部鏈路上建立第五直連鏈路,提高直連鏈路建立的靈活性。In some embodiments, the third element may include a direct link quantity field and a direct link identifier field. Wherein, the field of the number of direct links may be used to indicate the number of fifth direct links requested to be established. In this way, by indicating the number of the fifth direct link to be established, the fifth direct link can be established on part or all of the second link, thereby improving the flexibility of establishing the direct link.

具體地,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中分別與至少一條第五直連鏈路對應的至少一個AP的位址、或者至少一條第五直連鏈路的標識。例如,第五直連鏈路的一端對應的第一設備的STA,另一端對應第二設備的STA,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備的STA對應的AP的位址,或者第三設備的多個AP中與第二設備的STA對應的AP的位址。Specifically, the direct link identifier field may include the address of at least one AP among the multiple APs of the third device corresponding to at least one fifth direct link, or the address of at least one fifth direct link. logo. For example, one end of the fifth direct link corresponds to the STA of the first device, and the other end corresponds to the STA of the second device. The address of the AP corresponding to the STA, or the address of the AP corresponding to the STA of the second device among the multiple APs of the third device.

也就是說,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第五直連鏈路的兩端中任意一端對應的隸屬AP的BSSID或者隸屬AP的對應的第二鏈路的標識。That is to say, the direct link identifier field may include the BSSID of the subordinate AP corresponding to any one of the two ends of the fifth direct link or the identifier of the corresponding second link of the subordinate AP.

或者,可以採用建立直連鏈路的發起端對應的隸屬AP的位址或隸屬AP對應的第二鏈路的標識來表示非直連鏈路。例如,當發起直連鏈路建立的為第一設備時,直連鏈路識別字欄位可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備的STA對應的AP的位址、或者隸屬AP對應的第二鏈路的標識。Alternatively, the address of the subordinate AP corresponding to the initiator of establishing the direct link or the identifier of the second link corresponding to the subordinate AP may be used to represent the non-direct link. For example, when the first device initiates the establishment of the direct link, the direct link identifier field may include the address of the AP corresponding to the STA of the first device among the multiple APs of the third device, or the subordinate AP The identifier of the corresponding second link.

在一些實施例中,第三元素可以為TDLS鏈路資訊元素(TDLS Link Info element)。如圖14所示,TDLS鏈路資訊元素可以包括如下一個或多個欄位:Element ID、Length、直連鏈路數量(Number of Direct links)、直連鏈路識別字(Direct link Identifier)。In some embodiments, the third element may be a TDLS Link Info element (TDLS Link Info element). As shown in FIG. 14 , the TDLS link information element may include one or more of the following fields: Element ID, Length, number of direct links (Number of Direct links), and direct link identifier (Direct link Identifier).

需要說明的是,本申請實施例不對第三元素的格式進行限定,圖14僅為本申請的一個示例。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the format of the third element, and FIG. 14 is only an example of the present application.

需要說明的是,上述方式1至方式4不僅可以與上述圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法結合使用,上述方式1至方式4之間還可以單獨使用,或者互相結合使用,本申請對此不進行限定。It should be noted that the above methods 1 to 4 can not only be used in combination with the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. This is not limited.

在一些實施例中,第七位址與TPK綁定。In some embodiments, the seventh address is bound to the TPK.

可選地,第七位址包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。Optionally, the seventh address includes the address of the AP corresponding to the direct link between the first device and the second device among the multiple APs of the third device or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and The address of the third device.

也就是說,可以將直連鏈路對應的隸屬AP的位址(如隸屬AP的BSSID)和第三設備的位址與TPK綁定,或者,第三設備的所有隸屬AP的位址(如所有隸屬AP的BSSID)和第三設備的位址與TPK綁定。That is to say, the address of the subordinate AP corresponding to the direct link (such as the BSSID of the subordinate AP) and the address of the third device can be bound to the TPK, or the addresses of all the subordinate APs of the third device (such as The BSSID of all subordinate APs) and the address of the third device are bound to the TPK.

可選地,當第一設備包括多個STA時,第一設備和第二設備之間可以協商在部分或全部鏈路上建立直連鏈路,從而將建立的直連鏈路對應的隸屬AP的位址和第三設備的位址與TPK綁定,或者將第三設備的所有隸屬AP的位址和第三設備的位址與TPK綁定,可以第一設備與第二設備之間通過直連鏈路通信的安全性。Optionally, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the first device and the second device may negotiate to establish a direct link on some or all of the links, so that the established direct link corresponds to the The address and the address of the third device are bound to the TPK, or the addresses of all the APs of the third device and the address of the third device are bound to the TPK, and the direct connection between the first device and the second device can be Security of link communication.

在一些實施例中,本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括下述步驟一至步驟二所示的TPK派生過程。需要說明的是,步驟一至步驟二可以單獨使用,或者與圖7所示的方法、方式1、方式2、方式3和/或方式3結合使用。In some embodiments, the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the TPK derivation process shown in the following steps 1 to 2. It should be noted that Step 1 to Step 2 may be used alone, or used in combination with the method shown in FIG. 7 , Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3 and/or Mode 3.

步驟一,第一設備與第二設備協商確定認證和秘鑰管理(authentication and key management,AKM)套件選擇器。In step 1, the first device negotiates with the second device to determine an authentication and key management (authentication and key management, AKM) suite selector.

例如,如表11所示,AKM套件選擇器可以包括如下一項或多項:組織唯一識別碼(organizationally unique identifier,OUI)、套件類型(suite type)、認證(authentication)、秘鑰管理(key management)、秘鑰派生(key derivation)、認證號碼(authentication numbers)。各項具體對應內容詳見表11,此處不再贅述。For example, as shown in Table 11, the AKM suite selector may include one or more of the following: organizationally unique identifier (OUI), suite type, authentication, key management , key derivation, authentication numbers. See Table 11 for the specific corresponding content of each item, and will not repeat them here.

表11 OUI   套件類型 認證 秘鑰管理 秘鑰派生 認證號碼 00-0F-AC 23 多鏈路TDLS (ML-MLD-TDLS) MLD之間多鏈路TPK握手(ML-TPK handshake between MLD peers) 定義於12.7.1.6.2 (Defined in 12.7.1.6.2) 不適用(N/A) Table 11 OUI kit type certified Key management key derivation authentication number 00-0F-AC twenty three Multilink TDLS (ML-MLD-TDLS) Multi-link TPK handshake between MLDs (ML-TPK handshake between MLD peers) Defined in 12.7.1.6.2 (Defined in 12.7.1.6.2) not applicable (N/A)

步驟二,第一設備與第二設備協商派生TDLS對等秘鑰TPK。In step 2, the first device negotiates with the second device to derive a TDLS peer-to-peer key TPK.

可選地,可以採用下述公式(1)和公式(2)確定TPK。Optionally, the following formula (1) and formula (2) can be used to determine TPK.

TPK-Key-Input = Hash(min (SNonce, ANonce) || max (SNonce, ANonce))     (1)TPK-Key-Input = Hash(min (SNonce, ANonce) || max (SNonce, ANonce)) (1)

在上述公式(1)中,Hash表示雜湊演算法,SNonce(supplicant nonce)表示請求者的亂數,ANonce(authenticator nonce)表示認證者的亂數,||表示拼接或者包含,數學符號min表示取最小值,數學符號max表示取最大值。In the above formula (1), Hash represents the hash algorithm, SNonce (supplicant nonce) represents the random number of the requester, ANonce (authenticator nonce) represents the random number of the authenticator, || represents splicing or inclusion, and the mathematical symbol min represents The minimum value, the mathematical symbol max means to take the maximum value.

TPK = KDF-Hash-Length(TPK-Key-Input, “TDLS MLD PMK”, min (MAC_I, MAC_R) || max (MAC_I, MAC_R) || AP MLD MAC Address || Affiliated AP Address1 || …. Affiliated AP Addressn)                                       (2)TPK = KDF-Hash-Length(TPK-Key-Input, “TDLS MLD PMK”, min (MAC_I, MAC_R) || max (MAC_I, MAC_R) || AP MLD MAC Address || Affiliated AP Address1 || …. Affiliated AP Addressn) (2)

在上述公式(2)中,TPK表示TDLS對等秘鑰,KDF-Hash-lenrth表示秘鑰派生函數,“TDLS MLD PMK”表示TDLS MLD成對主金鑰(pairwise master key,PMK),||表示拼接或者包含,數學符號min表示取最小值,數學符號max表示取最大值,AP MLD MAC Address表示第三設備(AP MLD)的位址,Affiliated AP Address1表示第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的隸屬AP(第三設備的AP)的位址,當第一設備為發起端時,MAC_I表示第一設備的MAC位址,MAC_R表示第二設備的MAC位址。In the above formula (2), TPK represents the TDLS peer-to-peer secret key, KDF-Hash-lenrth represents the secret key derivation function, "TDLS MLD PMK" represents the TDLS MLD pairwise master key (PMK), || represents concatenation Or include, the mathematical symbol min represents the minimum value, the mathematical symbol max represents the maximum value, AP MLD MAC Address represents the address of the third device (AP MLD), and Affiliated AP Address1 represents the direct connection between the first device and the second device. The address of the subordinate AP (AP of the third device) corresponding to the connection link. When the first device is the initiator, MAC_I indicates the MAC address of the first device, and MAC_R indicates the MAC address of the second device.

需要說明的是,上述步驟一至步驟二同樣可以應用到成對主金鑰(pairwise master key,PTK)的派生,第七位址可以與PTK綁定,此處不再詳細贅述。It should be noted that the above steps 1 to 2 can also be applied to the derivation of the pairwise master key (PTK), and the seventh address can be bound to the PTK, which will not be described in detail here.

在一些實施例中,第一設備與第二設備可以通過交換TDLS Setup Request/Response/ Confirm(具體見下述步驟a-步驟c)來完成TPK派生的握手協商,即可將上述步驟一至步驟二可以與下述步驟a-步驟c結合使用,完成TPK派生的握手協商。In some embodiments, the first device and the second device can complete the handshake negotiation of TPK derivation by exchanging TDLS Setup Request/Response/Confirm (see the following steps a-step c for details), that is, the above steps 1 to 2 It can be used in conjunction with the following steps a-step c to complete the handshake negotiation of TPK derivation.

以第一設備作為TDLS發起端為例。Take the first device serving as the TDLS initiator as an example.

步驟a,第一設備向第二設備發送TDLS Setup Request幀。相應地,第二設備接收來自第一設備的TDLS Setup Request幀。In step a, the first device sends a TDLS Setup Request frame to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the TDLS Setup Request frame from the first device.

步驟b,第二設備向第一設備發送TDLS Setup Response幀。相應地,第一設備接收來自第二設備的TDLS Setup Response幀。In step b, the second device sends a TDLS Setup Response frame to the first device. Correspondingly, the first device receives the TDLS Setup Response frame from the second device.

可選地,第二設備可以根據Link Identifier element和/或TDLS Link Info element向第一設備發送TDLS Setup Response幀。Optionally, the second device may send the TDLS Setup Response frame to the first device according to the Link Identifier element and/or the TDLS Link Info element.

例如,TDLS Setup Response幀可以包括接受TDLS建立請求、或不接受TDLS建立請求,如在TDLS Setup Response幀的狀態碼(Status Code)顯示接受或不接受。For example, the TDLS Setup Response frame may include accepting the TDLS setup request or not accepting the TDLS setup request, for example, the status code (Status Code) in the TDLS Setup Response frame indicates acceptance or non-acceptance.

步驟c,若TDLS Setup Response幀指示接受(Accept),則第一設備向第二設備發送TDLS Setup Confirm幀,從而完成TPK派生的握手協商。In step c, if the TDLS Setup Response frame indicates acceptance (Accept), the first device sends a TDLS Setup Confirm frame to the second device, thereby completing the handshake negotiation of TPK derivation.

基於圖7所述的直連鏈路定址方法,當第一設備包括一個STA,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第一設備連接的第一AP的位址構建被保護資料。第一設備包括多個STA時,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第三設備的位址構建被保護資料。從而第一設備可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸第一資料單元,可以提高資料傳輸速率。另外,第一設備包括多個STA時,採用設備位址構建被保護資料,直連鏈路的變化,不影響被保護資料,從而在多條直連鏈路之間跨鏈路傳輸資料時,不需要重新進行加密,可以進一步提高資料傳輸速率。Based on the direct link addressing method described in Figure 7, when the first device includes a STA, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the first AP connected to the first device are used to construct a protected material. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the third device are used to construct the protected data. Therefore, the first device can transmit the first data unit through the direct link between the first device and the second device, and the data transmission rate can be increased. In addition, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the device address is used to construct the protected data, and the change of the direct link does not affect the protected data, so that when data is transmitted across multiple direct links, No need for re-encryption, which can further increase the data transfer rate.

示例性地,圖15為本申請實施例提供的另一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖。以第二設備作為TDLS發起端為例進行闡述。該直連鏈路定址方法可以適用於圖1所示的STA設備與non-AP MLD2之間、或者non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2之間的通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The description is made by taking the second device as the TDLS initiator as an example. The direct link addressing method may be applicable to the communication between the STA device and the non-AP MLD2 shown in FIG. 1 , or the communication between the non-AP MLD1 and the non-AP MLD2.

S1501,第二設備確定被保護資料。S1501. The second device determines the protected data.

其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address.

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device.

結合圖8,當第一設備包括一個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,被保護資料的第一位址、第二位址和第三位址如表12所示。與上述S701中表6的區別在於,第一位址和第二位址的設置內容互換,回應端為第一設備,從而第一位址為legacy STA的位址,如legacy STA MAC Address;發起端為第二設備,從而第二位址為non-AP MLD2的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address。第三位址與上述表6中的第三位址相同,第三位址為AP1的位址,如AP1的BSSID。Referring to FIG. 8 , when the first device includes an STA and the second device acts as a TDLS initiator, the first address, second address, and third address of the protected data are shown in Table 12. The difference from Table 6 in the above S701 is that the settings of the first address and the second address are interchanged, and the responding end is the first device, so that the first address is the address of the legacy STA, such as the legacy STA MAC Address; initiate The end is the second device, so the second address is the address of the non-AP MLD2, such as the non-AP MLD2 MAC Address. The third address is the same as the third address in Table 6 above, and the third address is the address of AP1, such as the BSSID of AP1.

表12 場景 被保護資料 第一位址 第二位址 第三位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 12 Scenes protected data first address second address third address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the address of the third device .

結合圖9,當第一設備包括多個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,被保護資料的第一位址、第二位址和第三位址如表13所示。由於發起端和響應端發生改變,表13與上述S701中表7的區別在於,第一位址和第二位址的設置內容互換,具體見表13,此處不再贅述。Referring to FIG. 9 , when the first device includes multiple STAs and the second device acts as a TDLS initiator, the first address, second address, and third address of the protected data are shown in Table 13. Due to the change of the initiator and the responder, the difference between Table 13 and Table 7 in S701 above is that the settings of the first address and the second address are exchanged, see Table 13 for details, and will not be repeated here.

表13 場景 被保護資料 第一位址 第二位址 第三位址 (non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD1 MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address Table 13 Scenes protected data first address second address third address (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD1 MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address AP MLD MAC Address

S1502,第二設備發送第一資料單元。S1502. The second device sends the first data unit.

其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the second device.

示例性地,第一資料單元可以為圖6中示出的MPDU,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭。Exemplarily, the first data unit may be the MPDU shown in FIG. 6 , and the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 .

可選地,在上述S702中第一設備發送第一資料單元之前或過程中,可以確定第一資料單元,具體地,可以採用下述方式5至方式8中的一項或多項。Optionally, before or during the sending of the first data unit by the first device in S702 above, the first data unit may be determined. Specifically, one or more of the following manners 5 to 8 may be adopted.

方式5,第二設備確定第一資料單元的第一報頭。Mode 5, the second device determines the first header of the first data unit.

可選地,第一報頭可以包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。Optionally, the first header may include a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

示例性地,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭。第四位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址1,第五位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址2,第六位址可以為MPDU報頭中的位址3。Exemplarily, the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 . The fourth address may be address 1 in the MPDU header, the fifth address may be address 2 in the MPDU header, and the sixth address may be address 3 in the MPDU header.

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the first AP of the third device address.

結合圖8,當第一設備包括一個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表14所示。由於發起端和響應端發生改變,表14與上述方式1中表8的區別在於,第四位址和第五位址的設置內容互換,具體見表14,此處不再贅述。Referring to FIG. 8 , when the first device includes an STA and the second device acts as a TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address, and sixth address of the MPDU header are shown in Table 14. Due to the change of the initiator and the responder, the difference between Table 14 and Table 8 in the above method 1 is that the settings of the fourth address and the fifth address are exchanged, see Table 14 for details, and will not be repeated here.

表14 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 14 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第五位址為第二設備的多個STA中與第一直連鏈路對應的STA的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第一直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第一直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the first device, and the fifth address is the address of the STA of the second device. The address of the STA corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple STAs of the device, the sixth address is the address of the AP corresponding to the first direct link among the multiple APs of the third device, and the first direct link The link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

結合圖9和圖10,當第一設備包括多個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表15所示。由於發起端和響應端發生改變,表15與上述方式1中表9的區別在於,第四位址和第五位址的設置內容互換,具體見表15,此處不再贅述。Referring to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , when the first device includes multiple STAs and the second device acts as the TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address and sixth address of the MPDU header are shown in Table 15. Due to the change of the initiator and the responder, the difference between Table 15 and Table 9 in the above method 1 is that the settings of the fourth address and the fifth address are exchanged, see Table 15 for details, and will not be repeated here.

需要說明的是,當第一設備和第二設備之間存在多條直連鏈路時,第一直連鏈路可以為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路中傳輸第一資料單元的直連鏈路。It should be noted that when there are multiple direct links between the first device and the second device, the first direct link may be the direct link between the first device and the second device to transmit the first A direct link to a data unit.

表15 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD1 的affiliated STA1 MAC address non-AP MLD2 的affiliated STA1 MAC address AP MLD的Affiliated AP1 BSSID Table 15 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD1 Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD2 Affiliated AP1 BSSID of AP MLD

方式6,第二設備確定第一資料單元的第一元素。Manner 6: The second device determines the first element of the first data unit.

在一些實施例中,第一資料單元可以包括TDLS幀,TDLS幀包括第一元素。第一元素用於指示目標鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與目標鏈路對應的AP的位址。例如,第一元素可以設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID。In some embodiments, the first data unit may include a TDLS frame including the first element. The first element is used to indicate the identifier of the target link or the address of the AP corresponding to the target link among the multiple APs of the third device. For example, the first element may be set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link.

可選地,目標鏈路為TDLS幀應用的第二直連鏈路,第二直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。Optionally, the target link is a second direct link applied by the TDLS frame, and the second direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device.

關於方式6、TDLS幀、以及第一元素的具體實現方式可參照上述方式2,此處不再贅述。For the specific implementation manners of manner 6, the TDLS frame, and the first element, reference may be made to the foregoing manner 2, which will not be repeated here.

方式7,第二設備確定第一資料單元的第二元素。Mode 7, the second device determines the second element of the first data unit.

在一些實施例中,第一資料單元可以包括TDLS幀,TDLS幀可以包括喚醒調度元素和第二元素。喚醒調度元素中的偏移量欄位是相對于第三直連鏈路的第一定時同步功能閾值的偏移量,第二元素可用於指示第三直連鏈路的標識或者第三設備的多個AP中與第三直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第三直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路。具體實現方式可參照上述方式3中對應的實現方式,此處不再贅述。In some embodiments, the first data unit may include a TDLS frame, and the TDLS frame may include a wakeup schedule element and a second element. The offset field in the wake-up scheduling element is an offset relative to the first timing synchronization function threshold of the third direct link, and the second element may be used to indicate the identity of the third direct link or the third device's An address of an AP among the multiple APs corresponding to the third direct link, where the third direct link is a direct link between the first device and the second device. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the corresponding implementation manner in the foregoing manner 3, which will not be repeated here.

需要說明的是,與方式2和方式3類似,方式6和方式7可以獨立使用,或結合使用,此處不再贅述。It should be noted that, similar to mode 2 and mode 3, mode 6 and mode 7 can be used independently or in combination, and will not be repeated here.

表16 TDLS幀 傳輸方式 框架類型 注釋 第一元素 legacy STA與non-AP MLD2 non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2 TDLS發現請求幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS發現回應幀 Direct 管理幀 允許主動發送; MLD-level 設置為TDLS發現請求幀的傳輸鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為傳輸TDLS發現回應幀的公共鏈路對應的BSSID(可以在任意一條公共鏈路上傳輸) TDLS建立請求幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 均設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID。且TDLS Setup Request/Response/confirm中BSSID保持不變 TDLS建立回應幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS建立確認幀 Via AP   資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS拆除幀 Both allowed 資料幀 MLD-level; 如果直連鏈路不可達,則通過AP轉發 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為AP MLD的MAC位址,或者,某條直連鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS通道切換請求幀 Direct 資料幀 Link-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS通道切換回應幀 Direct 資料幀 Link-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為目標鏈路對應的BSSID TDLS對端節能管理請求幀 Both allowed 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為喚醒調度元素對應的第三直連鏈路的BSSID TDLS對端節能管理回應 Direct 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為喚醒調度元素對應的第三直連鏈路的BSSID TDLS對端流量指示幀 Via AP 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為第三設備的位址,如AP MLD的MAC位址 TDLS對端流量回應幀 Direct 資料幀 MLD-level 設置為Legacy STA所在鏈路對應的BSSID 設置為第三設備的位址,如AP MLD的MAC位址 Table 16 TDLS frame transfer method frame type note first element legacy STA and non-AP MLD2 non-AP MLD1 and non-AP MLD2 TDLS discovery request frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the reference link Set to the BSSID corresponding to the reference link TDLS Discovery Response Frame direct management frame Allow unsolicited sending; MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the transmission link of the TDLS discovery request frame Set as the BSSID corresponding to the public link that transmits the TDLS discovery response frame (it can be transmitted on any public link) TDLS setup request frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Both are set to the BSSID corresponding to the reference link. And the BSSID in TDLS Setup Request/Response/confirm remains unchanged TDLS establishment response frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located TDLS establishment confirmation frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located TDLS teardown frame Both allowed data frame MLD-level; If the direct link is unreachable, it will be forwarded by AP Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the MAC address of the AP MLD, or the BSSID corresponding to a direct link TDLS channel switching request frame direct data frame Link-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link TDLS channel switching response frame direct data frame Link-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID corresponding to the target link TDLS peer energy saving management request frame Both allowed data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID of the third direct link corresponding to the wake-up scheduling element TDLS Peer Energy Management Response direct data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the BSSID of the third direct link corresponding to the wake-up scheduling element TDLS peer traffic indication frame Via AP data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the address of the third device, such as the MAC address of the AP MLD TDLS peer traffic response frame direct data frame MLD-level Set to the BSSID corresponding to the link where the Legacy STA is located Set to the address of the third device, such as the MAC address of the AP MLD

下面針對不同的TDLS幀結合上述表16對上述鏈路標識元素,或者為一個新定義的元素設置方式進行闡述。也就是說,當TDLS幀為不同的幀時,鏈路標識元素,或者為一個新定義的元素,或者鏈路標識元素中的BSSID欄位,或者新定義的元素的第一欄位可能對應不同的設置內容。為了便於描述,下面將鏈路標識元素、新定義的元素、第一元素、第二元素統稱為第一元素。The following describes how to set the above link identification element or a newly defined element in conjunction with the above Table 16 for different TDLS frames. That is to say, when the TDLS frame is a different frame, the link identification element, or a newly defined element, or the BSSID column in the link identification element, or the first column of the newly defined element may correspond to different setting content. For ease of description, the link identification element, the newly defined element, the first element, and the second element are collectively referred to as the first element below.

第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,第一元素設置方式,與第一設備作為TDLS發起端時,第一元素設置方式的主要區別在於第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀的場景中。The main difference between the first element setting method when the second device acts as the TDLS initiator and the first element setting method when the first device acts as the TDLS initiator is that the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame. scene.

示例性地,當第一設備包括一個STA,且TDLS幀為TDLS發現請求幀時,第一元素用於指示參考鏈路的標識、或者第三設備的多個AP中與參考鏈路對應的AP的位址。其中,參考鏈路可以為Link Identifier Element中的BSSID欄位所指示的鏈路。例如,第一元素可以設置為參考鏈路對應的BSSID。Exemplarily, when the first device includes an STA, and the TDLS frame is a TDLS discovery request frame, the first element is used to indicate the identifier of the reference link, or the AP corresponding to the reference link among the multiple APs of the third device address. Wherein, the reference link may be the link indicated by the BSSID column in the Link Identifier Element. For example, the first element may be set as the BSSID corresponding to the reference link.

表16所示的其他場景中,第一元素的具體實現方式,可參照上述表10中第一設備作為TDLS發起端時,對應的第一元素的實現方式,此處不再贅述。In other scenarios shown in Table 16, for the specific implementation of the first element, refer to the implementation of the corresponding first element in Table 10 above when the first device acts as the TDLS initiator, which will not be repeated here.

關於參考鏈路、傳輸鏈路以及公共鏈路的具體實現方式可參照上述方式3中相應的實現方式,此處不再贅述。For the specific implementation manners of the reference link, the transmission link, and the public link, reference may be made to the corresponding implementation manner in the foregoing manner 3, and details are not repeated here.

方式8,第二設備確定第一資料單元的第三元素。Mode 8, the second device determines the third element of the first data unit.

可選地,第一資料單元可以包括第三元素,第三元素可用於指示在第一鏈路上建立至少一條第四直連鏈路,第一鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的共同鏈路,第一鏈路包括至少一條第四直連鏈路。具體實現方式可參照上述方式4中對應的實現方式,此處不再贅述。Optionally, the first data unit may include a third element, and the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fourth direct link is established on the first link, and the first link is a connection between the first device and the third device. A common link of the link, the link between the second device and the third device, the first link includes at least one fourth direct link. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the corresponding implementation manner in the foregoing manner 4, which will not be repeated here.

在一種可能的設計方案中,第一設備和第二設備之間可以在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路。當在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路時,第三元素的實現的方式與在公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路的場景對應的第三元素的具體實現方式類似。In a possible design solution, a direct link may be established between the first device and the second device on a non-public link. When a direct link is established on a non-public link, the implementation manner of the third element is similar to the specific implementation manner of the third element corresponding to the scenario of establishing a direct link on a public link.

示例性地,第三元素可以用於指示在第二鏈路上建立至少一條第五直連鏈路。第二鏈路為第一設備與第三設備之間的鏈路、第二設備與第三設備之間的鏈路的不相同的鏈路,第二鏈路可以包括至少一條第五直連鏈路。如此,第一設備與第二設備可以在非公共鏈路上建立直連鏈路,以提高資料傳輸速率。具體實現方式可參照上述方式4中對應的實現方式,此處不再贅述。Exemplarily, the third element may be used to indicate that at least one fifth direct link is established on the second link. The second link is a different link between the link between the first device and the third device and the link between the second device and the third device, and the second link may include at least one fifth direct link road. In this way, the first device and the second device can establish a direct link on the non-public link to increase the data transmission rate. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the corresponding implementation manner in the foregoing manner 4, which will not be repeated here.

需要說明的是,上述方式5至方式8不僅可以與上述圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法結合使用,上述方式5至方式8之間還可以單獨使用,或者互相結合使用,本申請對此不進行限定。It should be noted that the above methods 5 to 8 can not only be used in combination with the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. This is not limited.

在一些實施例中,第七位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定。可選地第七位址可以包括第三設備的多個AP中與第一設備和第二設備之間的直連鏈路對應的AP的位址或者第三設備的所有AP的位址、以及第三設備的位址。具體實現方式可參照上述第一設備將第七位址與TPK綁定,此處不再贅述。In some embodiments, the seventh address is bound to the TDLS peer key TPK. Optionally, the seventh address may include the address of the AP corresponding to the direct link between the first device and the second device among the plurality of APs of the third device or the addresses of all APs of the third device, and The address of the third device. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to binding the seventh address with the TPK by the above-mentioned first device, which will not be repeated here.

在一種可能的設計方案中,本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法,還可以包括下述步驟三至步驟四所示的TPK派生過程。需要說明的是,步驟三至步驟四可以單獨使用,或者與圖15所示的方法、方式5、方式6、方式7、和/或方式8結合使用。In a possible design solution, the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the TPK derivation process shown in the following steps 3 to 4. It should be noted that Steps 3 to 4 may be used alone, or in combination with the method shown in FIG. 15 , Mode 5, Mode 6, Mode 7, and/or Mode 8.

步驟三,第一設備與第二設備協商確定認證和AKM套件選擇器。具體實現方式可參照上述步驟一,此處不再贅述。Step 3, the first device negotiates with the second device to determine the authentication and the AKM suite selector. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the above step 1, which will not be repeated here.

步驟四,第一設備與第二設備協商派生TDLS對等秘鑰TPK。具體實現方式可參照上述步驟二,此處不再贅述。Step 4, the first device negotiates with the second device to derive a TDLS peer-to-peer key TPK. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the above step 2, which will not be repeated here.

需要說明的是,上述步驟三至步驟四同樣可以應用到成對主金鑰(pairwise master key,PTK)的派生,第七位址可以與PTK綁定,此處不再詳細贅述。It should be noted that the above steps 3 to 4 can also be applied to the derivation of the pairwise master key (PTK), and the seventh address can be bound to the PTK, which will not be described in detail here.

在一些實施例中,第一設備與第二設備可以通過交換TDLS Setup Request/Response/ Confirm(具體見下述步驟d-步驟f)來完成TPK派生的握手協商,即可將上述步驟三至步驟四可以與下述步驟d-步驟f結合使用,完成TPK派生的握手協商。In some embodiments, the first device and the second device can complete the TPK-derived handshake negotiation by exchanging TDLS Setup Request/Response/Confirm (see step d-step f below), that is, the above steps three to steps 4. It can be used in combination with the following step d-step f to complete the handshake negotiation of TPK derivation.

以第二設備作為TDLS發起端為例。Take the second device serving as the TDLS initiator as an example.

步驟d-步驟f與上述步驟步驟a-步驟c類似,步驟d-步驟f分別對應上述步驟步驟a-步驟c,主要區別在於將上述步驟a-步驟c中的第一設備替換為第二設備,將第二設備替換為第一設備,此處不再贅述。Step d-step f is similar to the above steps step a-step c, step d-step f corresponds to the above-mentioned steps step a-step c respectively, the main difference is that the first device in the above-mentioned step a-step c is replaced with the second device , replace the second device with the first device, which will not be repeated here.

基於圖15所述的直連鏈路定址方法,當第一設備包括一個STA,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第一設備連接的第一AP的位址構建被保護資料。第一設備包括多個STA時,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第三設備的位址構建被保護資料。從而第一設備可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸第一資料單元,不需要第三設備的轉發,可以提高資料傳輸速率。另外,第一設備包括多個STA時,採用設備位址構建被保護資料,直連鏈路的變化,不影響被保護資料,從而在多條直連鏈路之間跨鏈路傳輸資料時,不需要重新進行加密,可以進一步提高資料傳輸速率。Based on the direct link addressing method described in Figure 15, when the first device includes a STA, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the first AP connected to the first device are used to construct a protected material. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the third device are used to construct the protected data. Therefore, the first device can transmit the first data unit through the direct link between the first device and the second device, without forwarding by the third device, and the data transmission rate can be increased. In addition, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the device address is used to construct the protected data, and the change of the direct link does not affect the protected data, so that when data is transmitted across multiple direct links, No need for re-encryption, which can further increase the data transfer rate.

示例性地,圖16為本申請實施例提供的又一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖。以第一設備作為TDLS發起端為例進行闡述。該直連鏈路定址方法可以適用於圖1所示的STA設備與non-AP MLD2之間、或者non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2之間的通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The description is made by taking the first device as the TDLS initiator as an example. The direct link addressing method may be applicable to the communication between the STA device and the non-AP MLD2 shown in FIG. 1 , or the communication between the non-AP MLD1 and the non-AP MLD2.

S1601,第一設備確定第一資料單元。S1601. The first device determines a first data unit.

其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

在一些實施例中,第一資料單元可以包括幀體,例如,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In some embodiments, the first data unit may include a frame body, for example, the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

示例性地,第一資料單元可以為圖6中示出的MPDU,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭,TDLS幀或資料攜帶在Frame Body欄位中。Exemplarily, the first data unit may be the MPDU shown in FIG. 6 , the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 , and the TDLS frame or data is carried in the Frame Body field.

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device.

結合圖8,第一AP為圖8中的AP1,當第一設備包括一個STA,第一設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表17所示,第四位址為non-AP MLD2的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address,第五位址為legacy STA的位址,如legacy STA MAC Address,第六位址為AP1的位址,如AP1的BSSID。In conjunction with Figure 8, the first AP is AP1 in Figure 8. When the first device includes an STA and the first device acts as the TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address, and sixth address of the MPDU header are as shown in the table As shown in 17, the fourth address is the address of non-AP MLD2, such as non-AP MLD2 MAC Address, the fifth address is the address of legacy STA, such as legacy STA MAC Address, and the sixth address is the bit of AP1 address, such as the BSSID of AP1.

表17 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 17 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address legacy STA MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the multiple STAs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the APs, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

示例性地,結合圖9和圖10,以第一設備為non-AP MLD1,第二設備為non-AP MLD2,第三設備為AP MLD為例。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表18所示,假設在直連鏈路1上傳輸第一資料單元,則第四位址為non-AP MLD2的STA1的位址,如non-AP MLD2 MAC Address;第五位址為non-AP MLD1的STA1的位址,如non-AP MLD1 MAC Address;第六位址為與直連鏈路1對應的AP1的位址,如AP MLD的Affiliated AP1 BSSID。For example, referring to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , it is assumed that the first device is non-AP MLD1 , the second device is non-AP MLD2 , and the third device is AP MLD. When the first device includes multiple STAs and the first device acts as the TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address, and sixth address of the MPDU header are shown in Table 18, assuming that it is transmitted on the direct link 1 For the first data unit, the fourth address is the address of STA1 of non-AP MLD2, such as non-AP MLD2 MAC Address; the fifth address is the address of STA1 of non-AP MLD1, such as non-AP MLD1 MAC Address; the sixth address is the address of AP1 corresponding to the direct link 1, such as the Affiliated AP1 BSSID of the AP MLD.

表18 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address non-AP MLD1 MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 18 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD2 MAC Address non-AP MLD1 MAC Address BSSID of AP1

具體地,表17和表18對應的第六位址的設置方式,可以相容第一設備包括一個STA和第一設備包括多個STA的情況,以避免頻繁修改第六位址的設置內容,從而可以降低傳輸時延。Specifically, the setting method of the sixth address corresponding to Table 17 and Table 18 can be compatible with the situation that the first device includes one STA and the first device includes multiple STAs, so as to avoid frequently modifying the setting content of the sixth address, Thus, the transmission delay can be reduced.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

上述17和表18可以為管理幀的第一報頭的位址設置方式,由於TDLS發現響應幀被封裝成公共管理幀,不需要加密,因而可以不確定對應的AAD構造。The above 17 and Table 18 can be the address setting method of the first header of the management frame. Since the TDLS discovery response frame is encapsulated into a public management frame and does not need to be encrypted, the corresponding AAD structure can not be determined.

S1602,第一設備發送第一資料單元。相應地,第二設備接收來自第一設備的第一資料單元。S1602. The first device sends the first data unit. Correspondingly, the second device receives the first data unit from the first device.

基於圖16所述的直連鏈路定址方法,當第一設備包括一個STA,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第一設備連接的第一AP的位址構建第一報頭。第一設備包括多個STA時,採用第一設備的位址、第二設備的位址以及第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址構建第一報頭,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。從而第一設備可以通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸第一資料單元,不需要第三設備的轉發,可以提高資料傳輸速率。另外,第六位址的設置方式可以相容第一設備包括一個STA和第一設備包括多個STA的情況,可以避免頻繁修改第六位址的設置內容,從而可以進一步降低傳輸時延。Based on the direct link addressing method described in Figure 16, when the first device includes a STA, the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the first AP connected to the first device are used to construct the first masthead. When the first device includes multiple STAs, use the address of the first device, the address of the second device, and the address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the multiple APs of the third device to construct the first header , the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. Therefore, the first device can transmit the first data unit through the direct link between the first device and the second device, without forwarding by the third device, and the data transmission rate can be increased. In addition, the setting method of the sixth address can be compatible with the situation that the first device includes one STA and the first device includes multiple STAs, which can avoid frequent modification of the setting content of the sixth address, thereby further reducing the transmission delay.

示例性地,圖17為本申請實施例提供的又一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖。以第二設備作為TDLS發起端為例進行闡述。該直連鏈路定址方法可以適用於圖1所示的STA設備與non-AP MLD2之間、或者non-AP MLD1與non-AP MLD2之間的通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The description is made by taking the second device as the TDLS initiator as an example. The direct link addressing method may be applicable to the communication between the STA device and the non-AP MLD2 shown in FIG. 1 , or the communication between the non-AP MLD1 and the non-AP MLD2.

S1701,第二設備確定第一資料單元。S1701. The second device determines a first data unit.

其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

在一些實施例中,第一資料單元可以包括幀體,例如,幀體可以為TDLS幀或者資料。In some embodiments, the first data unit may include a frame body, for example, the frame body may be a TDLS frame or data.

示例性地,第一資料單元可以為圖6中示出的MPDU,第一報頭可以為圖6中示出的MPDU報頭,TDLS幀或資料攜帶在Frame Body欄位中。Exemplarily, the first data unit may be the MPDU shown in FIG. 6 , the first header may be the MPDU header shown in FIG. 6 , and the TDLS frame or data is carried in the Frame Body field.

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。In some embodiments, when the first device includes an STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device.

結合圖8,當第一設備包括一個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表19所示。由於發起端和響應端發生改變,表19與上述S1601中表17的區別在於,第四位址和第五位址的設置內容互換,具體見表19,此處不再贅述。Referring to FIG. 8 , when the first device includes an STA and the second device acts as a TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address, and sixth address of the MPDU header are shown in Table 19. Due to the change of the initiator and the responder, the difference between Table 19 and Table 17 in the above S1601 is that the settings of the fourth address and the fifth address are exchanged, see Table 19 for details, and will not be repeated here.

表19 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (legacy STA,non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address AP1的BSSID Table 19 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (legacy STA, non-AP MLD2) legacy STA MAC Address non-AP MLD2 MAC Address BSSID of AP1

在一些實施例中,當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與第二設備之間傳輸第一資料單元的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。In some embodiments, when the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the multiple STAs of the third device. The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the APs, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting the first data unit between the first device and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted over a direct link between the first device and the second device.

結合圖9和圖10,當第一設備包括多個STA,第二設備作為TDLS發起端時,MPDU報頭的第四位址、第五位址和第六位址如表20所示。由於發起端和響應端發生改變,表20與上述S1601中表18的區別在於,第四位址和第五位址的設置內容互換,具體見表20,此處不再贅述。Referring to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , when the first device includes multiple STAs and the second device acts as the TDLS initiator, the fourth address, fifth address and sixth address of the MPDU header are shown in Table 20. Due to the change of the initiator and the responder, the difference between Table 20 and Table 18 in S1601 above is that the setting contents of the fourth address and the fifth address are exchanged, see Table 20 for details, and will not be repeated here.

表20 場景 第一報頭 第四位址 第五位址 第六位址 (non-AP MLD1,non-AP MLD2) non-AP MLD1 的affiliated STA1 MAC address non-AP MLD2 的affiliated STA1 MAC address AP MLD的Affiliated AP1 BSSID Table 20 Scenes first header fourth address fifth address sixth address (non-AP MLD1, non-AP MLD2) Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD1 Affiliated STA1 MAC address of non-AP MLD2 Affiliated AP1 BSSID of AP MLD

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

S1702,第二設備發送第一資料單元。相應地,第一設備接收來自第二設備的第一資料單元。S1702. The second device sends the first data unit. Accordingly, the first device receives the first data unit from the second device.

需要說明的是,圖17所示方法的技術效果可參照上述圖16所述方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。It should be noted that, the technical effect of the method shown in FIG. 17 may refer to the technical effect of the method shown in FIG. 16 above, which will not be repeated here.

需要說明的是,本申請實施例中提供的第一資料單元(例如MPDU)和被保護資料(例如AAD)構造的位址設置規則適用于單播幀。It should be noted that the address setting rules for constructing the first data unit (such as MPDU) and protected data (such as AAD) provided in the embodiment of the present application are applicable to unicast frames.

下面介紹本申請實施例適用的幾種特殊的應用場景,應理解,本申請實施例的應用場景不僅限於下述幾種應用場景。Several special application scenarios applicable to the embodiments of the present application are introduced below. It should be understood that the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the following application scenarios.

場景一scene one

假設AP MLD對應有3條鏈路(link),分別為link 1,link 2和link 3。而non-AP MLD 1與AP MLD之間建立了兩條link,分別為link 1和link 2;而Non-AP MLD 2則與AP MLD之間建立了link 1和Link 3。這時,non-AP MLD 1和non-AP MLD 2可以建立多鏈路TDLS。其中,link 1被稱之為公共鏈路,而另外一條鏈路則稱之為非公共鏈路,其對應的鏈路標識可以用該鏈路兩端的任意一端所關聯的AP的Link ID或者BSSID來指示。對於非公共鏈路上的資料傳輸,非公共鏈路的兩端可以通過公共鏈路協商在哪條通道上傳輸。比如當非公共鏈路切換到某一端所在的通道上傳輸時,則對端相當於是非基本通道(off-channel)傳輸,其需要通知AP其進入休眠(Doze)狀態,然後再切換到另一端所在的通道上進行直連傳輸。Assume that the AP MLD corresponds to three links (link), link 1, link 2, and link 3. Two links, link 1 and link 2, are established between non-AP MLD 1 and AP MLD; and link 1 and link 3 are established between Non-AP MLD 2 and AP MLD. At this time, non-AP MLD 1 and non-AP MLD 2 can establish multi-link TDLS. Among them, link 1 is called a public link, and the other link is called a non-public link. The corresponding link ID can be the Link ID or BSSID of the AP associated with either end of the link. to instruct. For data transmission on a non-public link, both ends of the non-public link can negotiate which channel to transmit on the public link. For example, when a non-public link is switched to the channel where a certain end is located, the peer end is equivalent to a non-basic channel (off-channel) transmission, and it needs to notify the AP to enter the dormant (Doze) state, and then switch to the other end Direct transmission is performed on the channel where it is located.

從上述場景來看,non-AP MLD之間建立直連鏈路,必須存在至少一條公共鏈路。否則不允許回TDLS Discovery Response,更不允許發起TDLS Setup。當Non-AP MLD之間存在多條公共鏈路時,TDLS Discovery Response可以在任意一條公共鏈路上回復,但當Link Identifier element中BSSID欄位所對應的link也為公共鏈路時,則可以優先在該公共鏈路上回復。From the above scenario, to establish a direct link between non-AP MLDs, there must be at least one public link. Otherwise, it is not allowed to return TDLS Discovery Response, let alone initiate TDLS Setup. When there are multiple public links between Non-AP MLDs, TDLS Discovery Response can be replied on any public link, but when the link corresponding to the BSSID column in the Link Identifier element is also a public link, it can take priority Reply on that public link.

此外,還允許兩端的non-AP MLD使用不同的位址模式,如透明傳輸模式、非透明傳輸模式。In addition, non-AP MLDs at both ends are allowed to use different address modes, such as transparent transmission mode and non-transparent transmission mode.

場景二scene two

假設AP MLD對應有3條link,分別為link 1,link 2和link 3。而non-AP MLD 1與AP MLD之間建立了兩條link,分別為link 1和link 2;而legacy STA關聯在link 2上。若Non-AP MLD作為發起端發送TDLS Discovery Request幀,其攜帶的Link Identifier element中的BSSID設置為link 1所對應的BSSID,那麼Legacy STA在收到TDLS Discovery Request幀後,發現Link Identifier element中的BSSID與自己所在的BSSID不一致,則legacy STA不會在Link 2上回TDLS Discovery Response幀,從而導致發現失敗。之所以會出現該情況是因為Non-AP MLD不知道對端是legacy STA還是non-AP MLD,也不知道對端關聯在哪個隸屬AP下。Assume that the AP MLD corresponds to 3 links, namely link 1, link 2 and link 3. Two links, link 1 and link 2, are established between non-AP MLD 1 and AP MLD; the legacy STA is associated with link 2. If the Non-AP MLD sends a TDLS Discovery Request frame as the initiator, and the BSSID in the Link Identifier element carried by it is set to the BSSID corresponding to link 1, then the Legacy STA discovers the BSSID in the Link Identifier element after receiving the TDLS Discovery Request frame. If the BSSID is inconsistent with its own BSSID, the legacy STA will not return a TDLS Discovery Response frame on Link 2, resulting in a discovery failure. The reason for this situation is that the non-AP MLD does not know whether the peer is a legacy STA or a non-AP MLD, nor does it know which subordinate AP the peer is associated with.

為了避免這種情況,non-AP MLD可以再發送一個TDLS Discovery Request幀,其中所攜帶的Link Identifier element中的BSSID則設置為Link 2所對應的BSSID,這樣當Legacy STA在收到TDLS Discovery Request幀後,發現Link Identifier element中的BSSID與自己所在的BSSID一致,則會在Link 2上回一個TDLS Discovery Response幀,從而發現成功。In order to avoid this situation, the non-AP MLD can send another TDLS Discovery Request frame, and the BSSID in the Link Identifier element carried in it is set to the BSSID corresponding to Link 2, so that when the Legacy STA receives the TDLS Discovery Request frame Finally, if it finds that the BSSID in the Link Identifier element is consistent with its own BSSID, it will return a TDLS Discovery Response frame on Link 2, and the discovery is successful.

場景三scene three

假設AP MLD對應有3條link,分別為link 1,link 2和link 3。non-AP MLD 1與AP MLD之間建立了兩條link,分別為link 1和link 2;legacy STA關聯在link 2上。若Legacy STA作為發起端在link 2上發送TDLS Discovery Request幀,當Non-AP MLD收到TDLS Discovery Request幀後,其只能在Link Identifier element中BSSID所指示的鏈路(即link 2)上回TDLS Discovery Response幀。Assume that the AP MLD corresponds to 3 links, namely link 1, link 2 and link 3. Two links, link 1 and link 2, are established between non-AP MLD 1 and AP MLD; legacy STA is associated with link 2. If the Legacy STA sends a TDLS Discovery Request frame on link 2 as the initiator, when the Non-AP MLD receives the TDLS Discovery Request frame, it can only return to the link indicated by the BSSID in the Link Identifier element (that is, link 2) TDLS Discovery Response frame.

當TDLS發起端和回應端都為MLD時,分別在TDLS Discovery Request和TDLS Discovery Response幀裡攜帶Multi-link element。這樣,通過TDLS發現過程兩端都知道對端也是MLD設備類型。而且通過TDLS發現過程,TDLS發起端和回應端可以知道哪些鏈路是公共鏈路。When both the TDLS initiator and responder are MLDs, the Multi-link element is carried in the TDLS Discovery Request and TDLS Discovery Response frames respectively. In this way, through the TDLS discovery process, both ends know that the opposite end is also an MLD device type. Moreover, through the TDLS discovery process, the TDLS initiator and responder can know which links are public links.

以上結合圖7-圖17詳細說明了本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法。以下結合圖18-圖19詳細說明本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址裝置。The direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described above in detail with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 17 . The device for addressing the direct link provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 18-19 .

圖18為可用於執行本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法的一種直連鏈路定址裝置的結構示意圖。直連鏈路定址裝置1800可以是第一設備或第二設備,也可以是應用於第一設備或第二設備中的晶片或者其他具有相應功能的部件。如圖18所示,直連鏈路定址裝置1800可以包括處理器1801和收發器1803。還可以包括記憶體1802。其中,處理器1801與記憶體1802和收發器1803耦合,如可以通過通信匯流排連接,處理器1801也可以單獨使用。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a direct link addressing device that can be used to implement the direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The direct link addressing apparatus 1800 may be the first device or the second device, and may also be a chip applied in the first device or the second device or other components with corresponding functions. As shown in FIG. 18 , the direct link addressing device 1800 may include a processor 1801 and a transceiver 1803 . Memory 1802 may also be included. Wherein, the processor 1801 is coupled with the memory 1802 and the transceiver 1803, for example, it can be connected through a communication bus, and the processor 1801 can also be used alone.

下面結合圖18對直連鏈路定址裝置1800的各個構成部件進行具體的介紹:The components of the direct link addressing device 1800 are specifically introduced below in conjunction with FIG. 18 :

處理器1801是直連鏈路定址裝置1800的控制中心,可以是一個處理器,也可以是多個處理元件的統稱。例如,處理器1801是一個或多個中央處理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定積體電路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成實施本申請實施例的一個或多個積體電路,例如:一個或多個微處理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一個或者多個現場可程式設計閘陣列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。The processor 1801 is the control center of the direct link addressing device 1800, and may be one processor, or a general term for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 1801 is one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU), may also be a specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or is configured to implement one or more of the embodiments of the present application A plurality of integrated circuits, for example: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).

其中,處理器1801可以通過運行或執行存儲在記憶體1802內的軟體程式,以及調用存儲在記憶體1802內的資料,執行直連鏈路定址裝置1800的各種功能。Wherein, the processor 1801 can execute various functions of the direct link addressing device 1800 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 1802 and calling data stored in the memory 1802 .

在具體的實現中,作為一種實施例,處理器1801可以包括一個或多個CPU,例如圖18中所示的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1801 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 18 .

在具體實現中,作為一種實施例,直連鏈路定址裝置1800也可以包括多個處理器,例如圖18中所示的處理器1801和處理器1804。這些處理器中的每一個可以是一個單核處理器(single-CPU),也可以是一個多核處理器(multi-CPU)。這裡的處理器可以指一個或多個通信設備、電路、和/或用於處理資料(例如電腦程式指令)的處理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the direct link addressing apparatus 1800 may also include multiple processors, for example, the processor 1801 and the processor 1804 shown in FIG. 18 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). A processor here may refer to one or more communication devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).

記憶體1802可以是唯讀記憶體(read-only memory,ROM)或可存儲靜態資訊和指令的其他類型的靜態存儲通信設備,隨機存取記憶體(random access memory,RAM)或者可存儲資訊和指令的其他類型的動態儲存裝置通信設備,也可以是電可擦可程式設計唯讀記憶體(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、唯讀光碟(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光碟存儲、光碟存儲(包括壓縮光碟、鐳射碟、光碟、數位通用光碟、藍光光碟等)、磁片存儲介質或者其他磁存儲通信設備、或者能夠用於攜帶或存儲具有指令或資料結構形式的期望的程式碼並能夠由電腦存取的任何其他介質,但不限於此。記憶體1802可以和處理器1801集成在一起,也可以獨立存在,並通過直連鏈路定址裝置1800的輸入/輸出埠(圖18中未示出)與處理器1801耦合,本申請實施例對此不作具體限定。The memory 1802 can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage communication devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or can store information and Other types of dynamic storage device communication equipment for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) ) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage communication devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures but not limited to any other medium in the form of desired program code and capable of being accessed by a computer. The memory 1802 can be integrated with the processor 1801, or can exist independently, and is coupled with the processor 1801 through the input/output port (not shown in FIG. 18 ) of the direct link addressing device 1800. This is not specifically limited.

其中,所述記憶體1802用於存儲執行本申請方案的軟體程式,並由處理器1801來控制執行。上述具體實現方式可以參考下述方法實施例,此處不再贅述。Wherein, the memory 1802 is used to store software programs for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 1801 . For the specific implementation manner above, reference may be made to the following method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

收發器1803,用於與其他直連鏈路定址裝置之間的通信。例如,直連鏈路定址裝置1800為第一設備時,收發器1803可以用於與第二設備、第三設備通信。又例如,直連鏈路定址裝置1800為第二設備時,收發器1803可以用於與第一設備、第三設備通信。此外,收發器1803可以包括接收器和發送器(圖18中未單獨示出)。其中,接收器用於實現接收功能,發送器用於實現發送功能。收發器1803可以和處理器1801集成在一起,也可以獨立存在,並通過直連鏈路定址裝置1800的輸入/輸出埠(圖18中未示出)與處理器1801耦合,本申請實施例對此不作具體限定。Transceiver 1803, used for communication with other direct link addressing devices. For example, when the direct link addressing apparatus 1800 is the first device, the transceiver 1803 may be used to communicate with the second device and the third device. For another example, when the direct link addressing apparatus 1800 is the second device, the transceiver 1803 may be used to communicate with the first device and the third device. In addition, the transceiver 1803 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not separately shown in FIG. 18 ). Wherein, the receiver is used to realize the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to realize the sending function. The transceiver 1803 can be integrated with the processor 1801, or can exist independently, and is coupled with the processor 1801 through the input/output port (not shown in FIG. 18 ) of the direct link addressing device 1800. This is not specifically limited.

需要說明的是,圖18中示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1800的結構並不構成對該直連鏈路定址裝置的限定,實際的直連鏈路定址裝置可以包括比圖示更多或更少的部件,或者組合某些部件,或者不同的部件佈置。It should be noted that the structure of the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 does not constitute a limitation to the direct link addressing device, and the actual direct link addressing device may include more or Fewer parts, or combining certain parts, or different parts arrangements.

其中,上述步驟S701-S702和S1601-S1602中第一設備的動作可以由圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的處理器1801調用記憶體1802中存儲的應用程式碼以指令遠端終端設備執行。Among them, the actions of the first device in the above steps S701-S702 and S1601-S1602 can be invoked by the processor 1801 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. End device execution.

上述步驟S1501-S1502和 S1701-S1702中第二設備的動作可以由圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的處理器1801調用記憶體1802中存儲的應用程式碼以指令遠端終端設備執行,本實施例對此不作任何限制。The actions of the second device in the above steps S1501-S1502 and S1701-S1702 can be executed by the processor 1801 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 calling the application program code stored in the memory 1802 to instruct the remote terminal device Execution, this embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this.

圖19為本申請實施例提供的另一種直連鏈路定址裝置的結構示意圖。為了便於說明,圖19僅示出了該直連鏈路定址裝置的主要部件。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another direct link addressing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. For ease of illustration, FIG. 19 only shows the main components of the direct link addressing device.

該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括收發模組1901。可選地,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是前述方法實施例中的第一設備或第二設備。收發模組1901,也可以稱為收發單元,用於實現上述任一方法實施例中由第一設備、或第二設備執行的收發功能。The direct link addressing device 1900 includes a transceiver module 1901 . Optionally, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 . The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 may be the first device or the second device in the foregoing method embodiments. The transceiver module 1901, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is configured to implement the transceiver function performed by the first device or the second device in any of the above method embodiments.

需要說明的是,上述收發模組1901可以包括接收模組和發送模組(圖19中未示出)。其中,接收模組用於實現上述任一方法實施例中由第一設備、或第二設備執行的接收功能;發送模組用於實現上述任一方法實施例中由第一設備、或第二設備執行的發送功能。本申請對於收發模組1901的具體實現方式,不做具體限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned transceiver module 1901 may include a receiving module and a sending module (not shown in FIG. 19 ). Wherein, the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function performed by the first device or the second device in any of the above method embodiments; the sending module is used to realize the receiving function performed by the first device or the second device in any of the above method embodiments. The send function performed by the device. This application does not specifically limit the specific implementation of the transceiver module 1901 .

處理模組1902,也可以稱為處理單元,可以用於實現上述任一方法實施例中由第一設備或第二設備執行的處理功能。該處理模組1902可以為處理器。The processing module 1902, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, may be used to implement the processing function performed by the first device or the second device in any of the foregoing method embodiments. The processing module 1902 may be a processor.

在本實施例中,該直連鏈路定址裝置1900以採用集成的方式劃分各個功能模組的形式來呈現。這裡的“模組”可以指特定ASIC,電路,執行一個或多個軟體或固件程式的處理器和記憶體,集成邏輯電路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一個簡單的實施例中,本領域的技術人員可以想到該直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以採用圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800的形式。In this embodiment, the direct link addressing device 1900 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. A "module" here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the direct link addressing device 1900 may take the form of the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 .

比如,圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的處理器1801可以通過調用記憶體1802中存儲的電腦執行指令,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1800執行上述方法實施例中的直連鏈路定址方法。For example, the processor 1801 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 can call the computer stored in the memory 1802 to execute instructions, so that the direct link addressing device 1800 executes the direct link addressing device 1800 in the above method embodiment. Way addressing method.

具體的,圖19中的收發模組1901和處理模組1902的功能/實現過程可以通過圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的處理器1801調用記憶體1802中存儲的電腦執行指令來實現。或者,圖19中的處理模組1902的功能/實現過程可以通過圖18所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的處理器1801調用記憶體1802中存儲的電腦執行指令來實現,圖19中的收發模組1901的功能/實現過程可以通過圖18中所示的直連鏈路定址裝置1800中的收發器1803來實現。Specifically, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 and the processing module 1902 in FIG. 19 can call the computer stored in the memory 1802 to execute instructions through the processor 1801 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 to fulfill. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1902 in FIG. 19 can be realized by the processor 1801 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1802. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 can be realized by the transceiver 1803 in the direct link addressing device 1800 shown in FIG. 18 .

由於本實施例提供的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可執行上述直連鏈路定址方法,因此其所能獲得的技術效果可參考上述方法實施例,在此不再贅述。Since the direct link addressing device 1900 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned direct link addressing method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.

在一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個或多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。In a possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, and the first device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 7 is executed function. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes one or more STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes multiple access points AP, the second device is connected to the third device, The second device includes multiple STAs.

處理模組1902,用於確定被保護資料。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備的第一AP連接。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個STA,第一位址為第二設備的位址,第二位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。The processing module 1902 is used to determine the protected data. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes a STA, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the third address is the address of the third device An AP address, the direct link addressing device 1900 is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the second device, the second address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the third address is the address of the third device address.

收發模組1901,用於發送第一資料單元。第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。The transceiver module 1901 is used to send the first data unit. The first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the direct link addressing device 1900 and the second device.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the first device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 7 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第一設備,也可以是可設置於第一設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the first device, or may be a chip (system) or other component or element that may be provided in the first device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.

在另一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。In another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, and the second link addressing method shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes a plurality of station STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, the first device is connected to the third device, and the first A device includes one or more STAs.

收發模組1901,用於接收第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第二位址為第一設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。The transceiver module 1901 is used for receiving the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the direct link addressing device 1900 . The protected data includes a first address, a second address and a third address. When the first device includes a STA, the first address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the bit of the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, the second address is the address of the first device, and the third address is the address of the third device.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902和存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 and a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the second device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 7 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第二設備,也可以是可設置於第二設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the second device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the second device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖7所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , and implement the second link addressing method shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes a plurality of station STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, the first device is connected to the third device, and the first A device includes one or more STAs.

處理模組1902,用於確定被保護資料。其中,被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當第一設備包括一個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第一位址為第一設備的位址,第二位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。The processing module 1902 is used to determine the protected data. Wherein, the protected data includes the first address, the second address and the third address. When the first device includes a STA, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the third address is the bit of the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the first device, the second address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900 , and the third address is the address of the third device.

收發模組1901,用於發送第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。The transceiver module 1901 is used to send the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the direct link addressing device 1900 .

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the second device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 15 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第二設備,也可以是可設置於第二設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the second device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the second device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 15 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個或多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes one or more STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes multiple access points AP, the second device is connected to the third device, The second device includes multiple STAs.

收發模組1901,用於接收第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭,第一報頭是根據被保護資料確定的,第一資料單元是通過直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。被保護資料包括第一位址、第二位址和第三位址。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個STA,第一位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備的第一AP連接,直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個STA。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個STA,第一位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第二位址為第二設備的位址,第三位址為第三設備的位址。The transceiver module 1901 is used for receiving the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header, the first header is determined according to the protected data, and the first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the direct link addressing device 1900 and the second device . The protected data includes a first address, a second address and a third address. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes a STA, the first address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the address of the third device An address of an AP, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to the first AP of the third device, and the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes a STA. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes multiple STAs, the first address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the second address is the address of the second device, and the third address is the address of the third device address.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902和存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 and a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the first device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 15 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第一設備,也可以是可設置於第一設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the first device, or may be a chip (system) or other component or element that may be provided in the first device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖15所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 15 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個或多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes one or more STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes multiple access points AP, the second device is connected to the third device, The second device includes multiple STAs.

處理模組1902,用於確定第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭和隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備的第一AP連接。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個STA,第四位址為第二設備的位址,第五位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間傳輸TDLS幀的鏈路。The processing module 1902 is configured to determine the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header and a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes a STA, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the sixth address is the address of the third device An AP address, the direct link addressing device 1900 is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the second device, the fifth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the sixth address is the address of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the multiple APs, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting TDLS frames between the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 and the second device.

收發模組1901,用於發送第一資料單元。第一資料單元是通過直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。The transceiver module 1901 is used to send the first data unit. The first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 and the second device.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the first device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 16 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第一設備,也可以是可設置於第一設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the first device, or may be a chip (system) or other component or element that may be provided in the first device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 16 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , and implement the second link addressing method shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes a plurality of station STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, the first device is connected to the third device, and the first A device includes one or more STAs.

收發模組1901,用於接收第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭和隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。The transceiver module 1901 is used for receiving the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header and a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第五位址為第一設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間傳輸TDLS幀的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the first device includes a STA, the fourth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is the bit of the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the fifth address is the address of the first device, and the sixth address is among multiple APs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting TDLS frames between the first device and the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 . The first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the direct link addressing device 1900 .

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902和存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 and a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the second device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 16 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第二設備,也可以是可設置於第二設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the second device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the second device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖16所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 16 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與第三設備連接,第一設備包括一個或多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , and implement the second link addressing method shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes a plurality of station STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, the first device is connected to the third device, and the first A device includes one or more STAs.

處理模組1902,用於確定第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭和隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。The processing module 1902 is configured to determine the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header and a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

收發模組1901,用於發送第一資料單元。當第一設備包括一個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,第一設備與第三設備的第一AP連接。當第一設備包括多個STA,第四位址為第一設備的位址,第五位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間傳輸TDLS幀的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過第一設備與直連鏈路定址裝置1900之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。The transceiver module 1901 is used to send the first data unit. When the first device includes a STA, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the sixth address is the bit of the first AP of the third device address, the first device is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the first device includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the first device, the fifth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, and the sixth address is among multiple APs of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting TDLS frames between the first device and the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 . The first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the first device and the direct link addressing device 1900 .

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902和存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第二設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 and a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the second device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 17 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第二設備,也可以是可設置於第二設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the second device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the second device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 17 , which will not be repeated here.

在又一種可能的設計方案中,圖19所示出的直連鏈路定址裝置1900可適用於圖1所示出的通信系統中,執行圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。該直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個或多個站點STA,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備連接,第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與第三設備連接,第二設備包括多個STA。In yet another possible design solution, the direct link addressing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. the functionality of the device. The direct link addressing apparatus 1900 includes one or more STAs, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 is connected to a third device, the third device includes multiple access points AP, the second device is connected to the third device, The second device includes multiple STAs.

收發模組1901,用於接收第一資料單元。其中,第一資料單元包括第一報頭和隧道直連鏈路建立TDLS幀,第一報頭包括第四位址、第五位址和第六位址。The transceiver module 1901 is used for receiving the first data unit. Wherein, the first data unit includes a first header and a tunnel direct link establishment TDLS frame, and the first header includes a fourth address, a fifth address and a sixth address.

當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括一個STA,第四位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的第一AP的位址,直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第三設備的第一AP連接。當直連鏈路定址裝置1900包括多個STA,第四位址為直連鏈路定址裝置1900的位址,第五位址為第二設備的位址,第六位址為第三設備的多個AP中與第六直連鏈路對應的AP的位址,第六直連鏈路為直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間傳輸TDLS幀的鏈路。第一資料單元是通過直連鏈路定址裝置1900與第二設備之間的直連鏈路傳輸的。When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes a STA, the fourth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the address of the third device. An AP address, the direct link addressing device 1900 is connected to the first AP of the third device. When the direct link addressing device 1900 includes multiple STAs, the fourth address is the address of the direct link addressing device 1900, the fifth address is the address of the second device, and the sixth address is the address of the third device The address of the AP corresponding to the sixth direct link among the multiple APs, where the sixth direct link is a link for transmitting TDLS frames between the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 and the second device. The first data unit is transmitted through the direct link between the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 and the second device.

可選地,TDLS幀可以為TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, the TDLS frame may be a TDLS discovery response frame.

可選的,直連鏈路定址裝置1900還可以包括處理模組1902和存儲模組(圖19中未示出),該存儲模組存儲有程式或指令。當處理模組1902執行該程式或指令時,使得直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以執行圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法中第一設備的功能。Optionally, the direct link addressing device 1900 may further include a processing module 1902 and a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module 1902 executes the program or instruction, the direct link addressing apparatus 1900 can execute the function of the first device in the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 17 .

需要說明的是,直連鏈路定址裝置1900可以是第一設備,也可以是可設置於第一設備的晶片(系統)或其他部件或元件,本申請對此不做限定。It should be noted that the direct link addressing device 1900 may be the first device, or may be a chip (system) or other component or element that may be provided in the first device, which is not limited in this application.

此外,直連鏈路定址裝置1900的技術效果可以參考圖17所示的直連鏈路定址方法的技術效果,此處不再贅述。In addition, for the technical effect of the direct link addressing apparatus 1900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the direct link addressing method shown in FIG. 17 , which will not be repeated here.

本申請實施例提供一種通信系統。該通信系統包括:第一設備和第二設備。還可以包括第二設備。其中,第一設備用於執行上述方法實施例中第一設備的動作,具體執行方法和過程可參照上述方法實施例,此處不再贅述。第二設備用於執行上述方法實施例中第二設備的動作,具體執行方法和過程可參照上述方法實施例,此處不再贅述。第三設備用於執行上述方法實施例中第三設備的動作,具體執行方法和過程可參照上述方法實施例,此處不再贅述。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes: a first device and a second device. A second device may also be included. Wherein, the first device is used to execute the actions of the first device in the above method embodiment, and the specific execution method and process may refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here. The second device is configured to execute the actions of the second device in the above method embodiments. For specific execution methods and processes, reference may be made to the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here. The third device is configured to execute the actions of the third device in the foregoing method embodiments. For specific execution methods and processes, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

本申請實施例提供一種晶片系統,該晶片系統包括處理器和輸入/輸出埠,所述處理器用於實現本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法所涉及的處理功能,所述輸入/輸出埠用於本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法所涉及的收發功能。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor and an input/output port, the processor is used to implement the processing functions involved in the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the input/output The port is used for the transceiving function involved in the direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

在一種可能的設計中,該晶片系統還包括記憶體,該記憶體用於存儲實現本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法所涉及功能的程式指令和資料。In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data for implementing functions involved in the direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

該晶片系統,可以由晶片構成,也可以包含晶片和其他分立器件。The wafer system may consist of wafers, or may include wafers and other discrete devices.

本申請實施例提供一種電腦可讀存儲介質,該電腦可讀存儲介質包括電腦程式或指令,當電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得電腦執行本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium includes computer programs or instructions, and when the computer programs or instructions are run on the computer, the computer executes the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application .

本申請實施例提供一種電腦程式產品,該電腦程式產品包括:電腦程式或指令,當電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得電腦執行本申請實施例提供的直連鏈路定址方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run on the computer, the computer executes the direct link addressing method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

應理解,在本申請實施例中的處理器可以是中央處理單元(central processing unit,CPU),該處理器還可以是其他通用處理器、數位訊號處理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、專用積體電路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、現成可程式設計閘陣列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可程式設計邏輯器件、分立門或者電晶體邏輯器件、分立硬體元件等。通用處理器可以是微處理器或者該處理器也可以是任何常規的處理器等。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated product Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.

還應理解,本申請實施例中的記憶體可以是易失性記憶體或非易失性記憶體,或可包括易失性和非易失性記憶體兩者。其中,非易失性記憶體可以是唯讀記憶體(read-only memory,ROM)、可程式設計唯讀記憶體(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可程式設計唯讀記憶體(erasable PROM,EPROM)、電可擦除可程式設計唯讀記憶體(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或快閃記憶體。易失性記憶體可以是隨機存取記憶體(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部快取記憶體。通過示例性但不是限制性說明,許多形式的隨機存取記憶體(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如靜態隨機存取記憶體(static RAM,SRAM)、動態隨機存取記憶體(DRAM)、同步動態隨機存取記憶體(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、雙倍資料速率同步動態隨機存取記憶體(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增強型同步動態隨機存取記憶體(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步連接動態隨機存取記憶體(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接記憶體匯流排隨機存取記憶體(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM) , EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM) , Synchronously connect dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).

上述實施例,可以全部或部分地通過軟體、硬體(如電路)、固件或其他任意組合來實現。當使用軟體實現時,上述實施例可以全部或部分地以電腦程式產品的形式實現。所述電腦程式產品包括一個或多個電腦指令或電腦程式。在電腦上載入或執行所述電腦指令或電腦程式時,全部或部分地產生按照本申請實施例所述的流程或功能。所述電腦可以為通用電腦、專用電腦、電腦網路、或者其他可程式設計裝置。所述電腦指令可以存儲在電腦可讀存儲介質中,或者從一個電腦可讀存儲介質向另一個電腦可讀存儲介質傳輸,例如,所述電腦指令可以從一個網站站點、電腦、伺服器或資料中心通過有線(例如紅外、無線、微波等)方式向另一個網站站點、電腦、伺服器或資料中心進行傳輸。所述電腦可讀存儲介質可以是電腦能夠存取的任何可用介質或者是包含一個或多個可用介質集合的伺服器、資料中心等資料存放裝置。所述可用介質可以是磁性介質(例如,軟碟、硬碟、磁帶)、光介質(例如,DVD)、或者半導體介質。半導體介質可以是固態硬碟。The above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or other arbitrary combinations. When implemented using software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or The data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center through wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) methods. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.

應理解,本文中術語“和/或”,僅僅是一種描述關聯物件的關聯關係,表示可以存在三種關係,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:單獨存在A,同時存在A和B,單獨存在B這三種情況,其中A,B可以是單數或者複數。另外,本文中字元“/”,一般表示前後關聯物件是一種“或”的關係,但也可能表示的是一種“和/或”的關係,具體可參考前後文進行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and There are three cases of B, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship, but it may also indicate an "and/or" relationship, which can be understood by referring to the context.

本申請中,“至少一個”是指一個或者多個,“多個”是指兩個或兩個以上。“以下至少一項(個)”或其類似表達,是指的這些項中的任意組合,包括單項(個)或複數項(個)的任意組合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一項(個),可以表示:a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, 或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是單個,也可以是多個。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .

應理解,在本申請的各種實施例中,上述各過程的序號的大小並不意味著執行順序的先後,各過程的執行順序應以其功能和內在邏輯確定,而不應對本申請實施例的實施過程構成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, rather than by the implementation order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.

本領域普通技術人員可以意識到,結合本文中所公開的實施例描述的各示例的單元及演算法步驟,能夠以電子硬體、或者電腦軟體和電子硬體的結合來實現。這些功能究竟以硬體還是軟體方式來執行,取決於技術方案的特定應用和設計約束條件。專業技術人員可以對每個特定的應用來使用不同方法來實現所描述的功能,但是這種實現不應認為超出本申請的範圍。Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.

所屬領域的技術人員可以清楚地瞭解到,為描述的方便和簡潔,上述描述的系統、裝置和單元的具體工作過程,可以參考前述方法實施例中的對應過程,在此不再贅述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

在本申請所提供的幾個實施例中,應該理解到,所揭露的系統、裝置和方法,可以通過其它的方式實現。例如,以上所描述的裝置實施例僅僅是示意性的,例如,所述單元的劃分,僅僅為一種邏輯功能劃分,實際實現時可以有另外的劃分方式,例如多個單元或元件可以結合或者可以集成到另一個系統,或一些特徵可以忽略,或不執行。另一點,所顯示或討論的相互之間的耦合或直接耦合或通信連接可以是通過一些介面,裝置或單元的間接耦合或通信連接,可以是電性,機械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or elements can be combined or can be Integrate into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作為分離部件說明的單元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分開的,作為單元顯示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理單元,即可以位於一個地方,或者也可以分佈到多個網路單元上。可以根據實際的需要選擇其中的部分或者全部單元來實現本實施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may also be distributed to multiple network units . Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本申請各個實施例中的各功能單元可以集成在一個處理單元中,也可以是各個單元單獨物理存在,也可以兩個或兩個以上單元集成在一個單元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以軟體功能單元的形式實現並作為獨立的產品銷售或使用時,可以存儲在一個電腦可讀取存儲介質中。基於這樣的理解,本申請的技術方案本質上或者說對現有技術做出貢獻的部分或者該技術方案的部分可以以軟體產品的形式體現出來,該電腦軟體產品存儲在一個存儲介質中,包括若干指令用以使得一台電腦設備(可以是個人電腦,伺服器,或者網路設備等)執行本申請各個實施例所述方法的全部或部分步驟。而前述的存儲介質包括:U盤、移動硬碟、唯讀記憶體(read-only memory,ROM)、隨機存取記憶體(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光碟等各種可以存儲程式碼的介質。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including several The instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., which can store program codes. medium.

以上所述,僅為本申請的具體實施方式,但本申請的保護範圍並不局限於此,任何熟悉本技術領域的技術人員在本申請揭露的技術範圍內,可輕易想到變化或替換,都應涵蓋在本申請的保護範圍之內。因此,本申請的保護範圍應以所述請求項的保護範圍為准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

S701、S702、S1501、S1502、S1601、S1602、S1701、S1702:步驟 1800、1900: 直連鏈路定址裝置 1801、1804:處理器 1802:記憶體 1803:收發器 1901:收發模組 1902:處理模組 S701, S702, S1501, S1502, S1601, S1602, S1701, S1702: steps 1800, 1900: Direct link addressing device 1801, 1804: Processor 1802: memory 1803: Transceiver 1901: transceiver module 1902: Processing modules

圖1為本申請實施例提供的通信系統的架構示意圖; 圖2為本申請實施例提供的參與通信的AP MLD和non-AP MLD的結構示意圖; 圖3為本申請實施例提供的一種Multi-link element的幀結構的示意圖; 圖4為本申請實施例提供的一種Link Identifier element 的幀結構的示意圖; 圖5為本申請實施例提供的一種AAD的幀結構的示意圖; 圖6為本申請實施例提供的一種MPDU的幀結構的示意圖; 圖7為本申請實施例提供的一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖; 圖8為本申請實施例提供的一種參與通信的AP MLD、legacy STA和non-AP MLD2的結構示意圖; 圖9為本申請實施例提供的一種參與通信的AP MLD、non-AP MLD1和non-AP MLD2的結構示意圖; 圖10為本申請實施例提供的一種參與通信的non-AP MLD1和non-AP MLD2的結構示意圖; 圖11為本申請實施例提供的一種Wakeup Schedule element的幀結構的示意圖; 圖12為本申請實施例提供的另一種Multi-link element的幀結構的示意圖; 圖13為本申請實施例提供的一種幀體的幀結構的示意圖; 圖14為本申請實施例提供的一種TDLS Link Info element的幀結構的示意圖; 圖15為本申請實施例提供的另一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖; 圖16為本申請實施例提供的又一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖; 圖17為本申請實施例提供的又一種直連鏈路定址方法的流程示意圖; 圖18為本申請實施例提供的一種直連鏈路定址裝置的結構示意圖; 圖19為本申請實施例提供的另一種直連鏈路定址裝置的結構示意圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP MLD and a non-AP MLD participating in communication provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Multi-link element provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Link Identifier element provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an AAD frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a MPDU frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a direct link addressing method provided in an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP MLD, a legacy STA, and a non-AP MLD2 participating in communication provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of AP MLD, non-AP MLD1 and non-AP MLD2 participating in communication provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of non-AP MLD1 and non-AP MLD2 participating in communication provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Wakeup Schedule element provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of another Multi-link element provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a frame body provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TDLS Link Info element provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another direct link addressing method provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a direct link addressing device provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another direct link addressing device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

S701、S702:步驟 S701, S702: steps

Claims (25)

一種直連鏈路建立方法,其中,應用於第一設備,所述第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,所述第一設備與第三設備連接,所述第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與所述第三設備連接,所述第二設備包括多個STA,所述方法包括:確定至少兩個隧道直連鏈路建立發現請求TDLS Discovery Request幀,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括用於指示所述第三設備中的AP的標識欄位,不同所述TDLS Discovery Request幀與所述第三設備中的不同AP一一對應;發送所述至少兩個TDLS Discovery Request幀。 A method for establishing a direct link, which is applied to a first device, the first device includes one or more STAs, the first device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes a plurality of STAs An access point AP, the second device is connected to the third device, the second device includes a plurality of STAs, the method includes: determining at least two tunnel direct link establishment discovery request TDLS Discovery Request frames, the TDLS The Discovery Request frame includes an identification field for indicating the AP in the third device, and the different TDLS Discovery Request frames are in one-to-one correspondence with different APs in the third device; sending the at least two TDLS Discovery Requests frame. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述標識欄位為基本服務集識別字BSSID,所述BSSID承載在所述TDLS Discovery Request幀的鏈路標識元素欄位。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the identification field is a basic service set identifier (BSSID), and the BSSID is carried in the link identification element field of the TDLS Discovery Request frame. 如請求項1或2所述的方法,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括Type子欄位,所述Type子欄位用於指示隧道直連鏈路建立。 The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes a Type subfield, and the Type subfield is used to indicate The tunnel direct link is established. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括MLD MAC Address欄位,所述MLD MAC Address欄位用於指示第三設備的MAC位址。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes an MLD MAC Address field, and the MLD MAC Address field is used to indicate The MAC address of the third device. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述第一設備接收所述第二設備的多個STA中與所述第三設備的AP關聯的STA回饋的隧道直連鏈路建立發現回應TDLS Discovery Response幀。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device receives the tunnel direct link establishment discovery response TDLS Discovery fed back by the STA associated with the AP of the third device among the plurality of STAs of the second device Response frame. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述方法還包括:所述第三設備的MAC位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further includes: binding the MAC address of the third device with the TDLS peer key TPK. 一種直連鏈路定址方法,其中,應用於第二設備,所述第二設備包括多個站點STA,所述第二設備與第三設備連接,所述第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與所述第三設備連接,所述第一設備包括一個或多個STA,所述方法包括:接收至少兩個隧道直連鏈路建立發現請求TDLS Discovery Request幀,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括用於指示所述第三設備中的AP的標識欄位,不同所述TDLS Discovery Request幀與所述第三設備中的不同AP一一對應;所述第二設備的多個STA中與所述第三設備的AP關聯的STA發送隧道直連鏈路建立發現回應TDLS Discovery Response幀。 A direct link addressing method, which is applied to a second device, the second device includes a plurality of STAs, the second device is connected to a third device, and the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, the first device is connected to the third device, the first device includes one or more STAs, the method includes: receiving at least two tunnel direct link establishment discovery request TDLS Discovery Request frames, the TDLS The Discovery Request frame includes an identification field for indicating the AP in the third device, and the different TDLS Discovery Request frames correspond to different APs in the third device; multiple STAs of the second device The STA associated with the AP of the third device sends a tunnel direct link establishment discovery response TDLS Discovery Response frame. 如請求項7所述的方法,其中,所述標識欄位為基本服務集識別字BSSID,所述BSSID承載在所述TDLS Discovery Request幀的鏈路標識元素欄位。 The method according to claim 7, wherein the identification field is a basic service set identifier (BSSID), and the BSSID is carried in the link identification element field of the TDLS Discovery Request frame. 如請求項7或8所述的方法,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括Type子欄位,所述Type子欄位用於指示隧道直連鏈路建立。 The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes a Type subfield, and the Type subfield is used to indicate The tunnel direct link is established. 如請求項7所述的方法,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括MLD MAC Address欄位,所述MLD MAC Address欄位用於指示第三設備的MAC位址。 The method according to claim 7, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes an MLD MAC Address field, and the MLD MAC Address field is used to indicate The MAC address of the third device. 如請求項7所述的方法,其中,所述方法還包括:所述第三設備的MAC位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定。 The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further includes: binding the MAC address of the third device with the TDLS peer key TPK. 一種第一設備,其中,所述第一設備包括一個或多個站點STA,所述第一設備與第三設備連接,所述第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第二設備與所述第三設備連接,所述第二設備包括多個STA,所述第一設備包括:處理單元,用於確定至少兩個隧道直連鏈路建立發現請求TDLS Discovery Request幀,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括用於指示所述第三設備中的AP的標識欄位,不同所述TDLS Discovery Request幀與所述第三設備中的不同AP一一對應;收發單元,用於發送所述至少兩個TDLS Discovery Request幀。 A first device, wherein the first device includes one or more stations STA, the first device is connected to a third device, the third device includes multiple access points AP, and the second device is connected to the The third device is connected, the second device includes a plurality of STAs, and the first device includes: a processing unit configured to determine at least two tunnel direct link establishment discovery request TDLS Discovery Request frames, the TDLS Discovery Request The frame includes an identification field for indicating the AP in the third device, and the different TDLS Discovery Request frames are in one-to-one correspondence with different APs in the third device; the transceiver unit is configured to send the at least two TDLS Discovery Request frame. 如請求項12所述的第一設備,其中,所述標識欄位為基本服務集識別字BSSID,所述BSSID承載在所述TDLS Discovery Request幀的鏈路標識元素欄位。 The first device according to claim 12, wherein the identification field is a basic service set identifier (BSSID), and the BSSID is carried in a link identification element field of the TDLS Discovery Request frame. 如請求項12或13所述的第一設備,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素 欄位包括Type子欄位,所述Type子欄位用於指示隧道直連鏈路建立。 The first device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element The field includes a Type subfield, and the Type subfield is used to indicate the establishment of the tunnel direct link. 如請求項12所述的第一設備,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括MLD MAC Address欄位,所述MLD MAC Address欄位用於指示第三設備的MAC位址。 The first device according to claim 12, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes an MLD MAC Address field, and the MLD MAC Address field uses to indicate the MAC address of the third device. 如請求項12所述的第一設備,其中,所述收發單元還用於接收所述第二設備的多個STA中與所述第三設備的AP關聯的STA回饋的隧道直連鏈路建立發現回應TDLS Discovery Response幀。 The first device according to claim 12, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive tunnel direct link establishment fed back by STAs associated with the AP of the third device among the multiple STAs of the second device Discovery responds with a TDLS Discovery Response frame. 如請求項12所述的第一設備,其中,所述第三設備的MAC位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定。 The first device according to claim 12, wherein the MAC address of the third device is bound with the TDLS peer key TPK. 一種第二設備,其中,所述第二設備包括多個站點STA,所述第二設備與第三設備連接,所述第三設備包括多個接入點AP,第一設備與所述第三設備連接,所述第一設備包括一個或多個STA,所述第二設備包括:收發單元,用於接收至少兩個隧道直連鏈路建立發現請求TDLS Discovery Request幀,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括用於指示所述第三設備中的AP的標識欄位,不同所述TDLS Discovery Request幀與所述第三設備中的不同AP一一對應; 所述收發單元還用於所述第二設備的多個STA中與所述第三設備的AP關聯的STA發送隧道直連鏈路建立發現回應TDLS Discovery Response幀。 A second device, wherein the second device includes a plurality of stations STA, the second device is connected to a third device, the third device includes a plurality of access points AP, and the first device is connected to the first Three-device connection, the first device includes one or more STAs, and the second device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive at least two tunnel direct link establishment discovery request TDLS Discovery Request frames, the TDLS Discovery Request The frame includes an identification field for indicating the AP in the third device, and different TDLS Discovery Request frames correspond to different APs in the third device; The transceiver unit is further configured to send a tunnel direct link establishment discovery response TDLS Discovery Response frame to the STA associated with the AP of the third device among the plurality of STAs of the second device. 如請求項18所述的第二設備,其中,所述標識欄位為基本服務集識別字BSSID,所述BSSID承載在所述TDLS Discovery Request幀的鏈路標識元素欄位。 The second device according to claim 18, wherein the identification field is a basic service set identifier (BSSID), and the BSSID is carried in a link identification element field of the TDLS Discovery Request frame. 如請求項18或19所述的第二設備,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括Type子欄位,所述Type子欄位用於指示隧道直連鏈路建立。 The second device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes a Type subfield, and the Type subfield is used for Indicates that the tunnel direct link is established. 如請求項18所述的第二設備,其中,所述TDLS Discovery Request幀包括多鏈路元素欄位,所述多鏈路元素欄位包括MLD MAC Address欄位,所述MLD MAC Address欄位用於指示第三設備的MAC位址。 The second device according to claim 18, wherein the TDLS Discovery Request frame includes a multi-link element field, and the multi-link element field includes an MLD MAC Address field, and the MLD MAC Address field uses to indicate the MAC address of the third device. 如請求項18所述的方法,其中,所述第三設備的MAC位址與TDLS對等秘鑰TPK綁定。 The method according to claim 18, wherein the MAC address of the third device is bound with the TDLS peer key TPK. 一種直連鏈路定址裝置,其中,所述直連鏈路定址裝置包括:處理器,所述處理器與記憶體耦合;所述記憶體,用於存儲電腦程式;所述處理器,用於執行所述記憶體中存儲的所述電腦程式,以使得所述直連鏈路定址裝置執行如請求項1-11中任一項所述的直連鏈路定址方法。 A direct link addressing device, wherein the direct link addressing device includes: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory; the memory is used to store computer programs; the processor is used to Executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the direct link addressing device executes the direct link addressing method as described in any one of claims 1-11. 一種電腦可讀存儲介質,其中,所述電腦可讀存儲介質包括電腦程式或指令,當所述電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得所述電腦執行如請求項1-11中任一項所述的直連鏈路定址方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium includes a computer program or an instruction, and when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-11 The above direct link addressing method. 一種電腦程式產品,其中,所述電腦程式產品包括:電腦程式或指令,當所述電腦程式或指令在電腦上運行時,使得所述電腦執行如請求項1-11中任一項所述的直連鏈路定址方法。 A computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes: a computer program or an instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method described in any one of claims 1-11. Direct link addressing method.
TW111108654A 2021-03-15 2022-03-09 Direct link addressing method and apparatus TWI805263B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110278095.3A CN115086945A (en) 2021-03-15 2021-03-15 Direct link addressing method and device
CN202110278095.3 2021-03-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202239256A TW202239256A (en) 2022-10-01
TWI805263B true TWI805263B (en) 2023-06-11

Family

ID=83245842

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112117004A TW202337263A (en) 2021-03-15 2022-03-09 Direct link addressing method and apparatus
TW111108654A TWI805263B (en) 2021-03-15 2022-03-09 Direct link addressing method and apparatus

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112117004A TW202337263A (en) 2021-03-15 2022-03-09 Direct link addressing method and apparatus

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US20240008113A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4294064A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2024511040A (en)
KR (1) KR20230152764A (en)
CN (2) CN115086945A (en)
AU (1) AU2022235791A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112023018589A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3213623A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2023010773A (en)
TW (2) TW202337263A (en)
WO (1) WO2022193945A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2620992A (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-01-31 Canon Kk P2P communication method and system with multi-link TDLS direct link
GB2624679A (en) * 2022-11-25 2024-05-29 Canon Kk Method and apparatus for P2P group communication between non-AP multi-link devices

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130166759A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus, systems, and methods of ip address discovery for tunneled direct link setup
US20130266136A1 (en) * 2012-04-05 2013-10-10 Stmicroelectronics, Inc. Method, system, and devices for fast session transfer of wireless devices from one frequency band to another
WO2014173120A1 (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Establishing method, station and system of relay link
CN105025592A (en) * 2009-09-18 2015-11-04 交互数字专利控股公司 Application method in STA and STA
US20190082389A1 (en) * 2014-10-14 2019-03-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Direct link wireless devices with power savings
TW202110267A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-03-01 美商高通公司 Multi-link communication

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9699715B2 (en) * 2013-01-09 2017-07-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Discovery method and device in a wireless communication system
CN107534604B (en) * 2015-05-29 2020-05-08 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and device
CN113973400A (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for establishing direct connection link and sending wireless local area network frame

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105025592A (en) * 2009-09-18 2015-11-04 交互数字专利控股公司 Application method in STA and STA
US20130166759A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus, systems, and methods of ip address discovery for tunneled direct link setup
US20130266136A1 (en) * 2012-04-05 2013-10-10 Stmicroelectronics, Inc. Method, system, and devices for fast session transfer of wireless devices from one frequency band to another
WO2014173120A1 (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Establishing method, station and system of relay link
US20190082389A1 (en) * 2014-10-14 2019-03-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Direct link wireless devices with power savings
TW202110267A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-03-01 美商高通公司 Multi-link communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202337263A (en) 2023-09-16
EP4294064A1 (en) 2023-12-20
US20240008113A1 (en) 2024-01-04
JP2024511040A (en) 2024-03-12
KR20230152764A (en) 2023-11-03
BR112023018589A2 (en) 2023-10-24
CA3213623A1 (en) 2022-09-22
CN115086945A (en) 2022-09-20
CN116405928B (en) 2023-12-29
WO2022193945A1 (en) 2022-09-22
TW202239256A (en) 2022-10-01
CN116405928A (en) 2023-07-07
AU2022235791A1 (en) 2023-09-21
MX2023010773A (en) 2023-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240040639A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for multi-link peer to peer communication
EP4145947A1 (en) Multi-link tentative association method and related apparatus
RU2612034C2 (en) Fast initial link setup discovery frames
EP3018967B1 (en) Setting up a direct link in a peer to peer wireless network
KR101652449B1 (en) Method and apparatus for maintaining association in wireless lan system
KR101632222B1 (en) Method and device for fast link synchronization in wlan system
US11924823B2 (en) Multi-link device association and reassociation
US20160353492A1 (en) Method and apparatus for filtering-based scanning in wlan system
TWI805263B (en) Direct link addressing method and apparatus
CN106028322B (en) Apparatus, system and method for wireless communication
KR101629339B1 (en) Method and device for fast link synchronization in wlan system
WO2023036081A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
TWI820874B (en) Transmission method and apparatus applied to channel direct link establishment
US20240090056A1 (en) Multi-Access Point Association
WO2022242749A1 (en) Data transmission method, communication apparatus, computer-readable storage medium and chip
WO2024065461A1 (en) Multi-link communication method and device
US20240089891A1 (en) Multi-Access Point Association
WO2024098796A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN117692990A (en) Multi-access point association